WO2021238774A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021238774A1
WO2021238774A1 PCT/CN2021/095000 CN2021095000W WO2021238774A1 WO 2021238774 A1 WO2021238774 A1 WO 2021238774A1 CN 2021095000 W CN2021095000 W CN 2021095000W WO 2021238774 A1 WO2021238774 A1 WO 2021238774A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
primary
cell
secondary cell
terminal device
target
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/095000
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
严乐
曾清海
胡星星
耿婷婷
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021238774A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021238774A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/04Arrangements for maintaining operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/15Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/19Connection re-establishment

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • a conditional PSCell addition (CPA) process is proposed.
  • the master node (master node, MN) sends CPA information of multiple candidate PSCells to the terminal device through one or more radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) messages.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the CPA information may include PSCell addition condition (also referred to as SN addition condition) information and configuration information.
  • the PSCell addition condition information may include the PSCell addition execution event and the threshold corresponding to the event.
  • the terminal device uses the candidate PSCell that meets the above adding condition information as the PSCell (or target PSCell) to be accessed, and accesses the PSCell to improve the success rate of adding the PSCell or adding the SN.
  • the terminal device determines whether the candidate PSCell meets the PSCell addition conditions, if the terminal device detects that the primary cell (Primary Cell, PCell) or primary cell group (master cell group, MCG) on the MN has a radio link failure ( radio link failure (RLF), the terminal device will perform a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) re-establishment (RRC reestablishment) process, which will cause service interruption between the terminal device and the network device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and system to solve the problem of service interruption caused by RLF in the primary cell when the terminal device performs the PSCell adding process.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which may be executed by a terminal device, a chip, or other devices.
  • the method may include: the terminal device receives the first main network device
  • the configured conditional PSCell addition (CPA) information indicates the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and it is determined according to the CPA information to satisfy
  • the terminal device detects that the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device has a radio link failure (radio link failure, RLF), from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, Determine the target cell, add the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell, or perform an RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell.
  • RLF radio link failure
  • the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell to be added, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects a cell for re-establishment from the candidate primary and secondary cells, and then selects The cell initiates the RRC re-establishment process.
  • the candidate PSCell addition preparation phase the source PCell and the candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly rebuild with the selected cell, reducing The service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment ensures the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the terminal device determines the target PSCell to be added, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects a cell that meets a certain condition from the candidate PSCells as the new primary cell, and accesses the primary cell.
  • the PSCell selected from the candidate PSCells that can be used as the new primary cell has better signal quality, and during the candidate SN addition preparation stage, the candidate PSCell has already acquired the terminal device context. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly access the new primary cell.
  • the cell reduces the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensures the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the terminal device determines the target PSCell to be added, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects the target PSCell that meets the PSCell addition conditions from the candidate PSCells as the primary and secondary cells to be added, because the candidate PSCells meet the PSCell The signal quality of the cell with the added condition is better, and the candidate PSCell has already obtained the terminal device context during the candidate SN adding preparation stage. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly access the cell that meets the PSCell adding condition, and the cell is the terminal device Provide business services, reduce business interruption time between terminal equipment and network equipment, and ensure business transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the terminal device determining the target cell includes: the terminal device uses a cell satisfying the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cells as the target cell.
  • the terminal device can select the target cell from candidate primary and secondary cells according to the S criterion. Since the S criterion is the cell selection criterion, or the criterion for selecting the RRC re-establishment cell, the target cell selected by the terminal device The cell quality is better. Because the selected target cell belongs to the candidate primary and secondary cell, and the candidate primary and secondary cell has the context information of the terminal device, the terminal device can quickly rebuild with the selected target cell, reducing the number of terminal equipment and network equipment The service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment ensures the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the terminal device determining the target cell includes: the terminal device determines whether there is a cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell; if there is a cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell Cell, the terminal device uses a cell that meets the first selection condition as the target cell, and the first selection condition adds a condition to the primary and secondary cells or is that the signal quality is greater than the first threshold.
  • the terminal device can select the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions or whose signal quality is greater than the first threshold among the candidate PSCells as the target cell, that is, select the PSCell with better signal quality from the candidate PSCells as the target cell, so that the terminal The device can quickly access the target cell with better signal quality, and the cell provides relatively high-quality business services for the terminal equipment to ensure the continuity of business transmission and the unaffected transmission quality.
  • the terminal device determining the target cell includes: taking a cell that meets the S criterion among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells as the target cell.
  • the terminal device can select the target cell from the candidate primary and secondary cells according to the S criterion when there is no cell that meets the first selection condition among the candidate PSCells. That is, the terminal device can select the target cell from the candidate primary and secondary cells according to the method used to select RRC to re-establish the cell.
  • the S criterion selects the target cell. Because the S criterion is the cell selection criterion, or the criterion for selecting the RRC re-establishment cell, the quality of the target cell selected by the terminal device is better, because the selected target cell is a candidate primary and secondary cell , And the candidate primary and secondary cells have the context information of the terminal equipment. Therefore, the terminal equipment can quickly rebuild with the selected target cell, reducing the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensuring the communication between the terminal equipment and the network equipment. Business transmission.
  • the terminal device determining the target cell includes: within the valid period of the timer, judging whether there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition in at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and if there is at least one candidate primary and secondary cell The cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions will be the target cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions.
  • the terminal device can select a cell that meets the PSCell addition conditions from the candidate PSCells as the target cell within the validity period/a certain period of time, ensuring the timeliness of the selected target cell with better signal quality, so that the terminal device can In a certain period of time, the target cell is quickly selected and accessed, and the cell provides business services for the terminal equipment to ensure the continuity of business transmission.
  • the terminal device determines the target cell, including:
  • the second selection condition is the cell as the target cell, and the second selection condition is the S criterion or the signal quality is greater than the second threshold.
  • the cell that meets the S criterion or whose signal quality is greater than the second threshold among the candidate PSCells is used as the target cell, that is, the signal quality in the candidate PSCell
  • the better PSCell is used as the target cell, so that the terminal device can access the target cell with better signal quality, and the cell provides relatively high-quality service for the terminal device, ensuring the continuity of service transmission and the unaffected transmission quality.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target cell indication information for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the terminal device can send indication information to the source PCell: the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell through the selected target cell, indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, so that the first primary network device can follow this
  • the indication information learns that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives configuration information for reconfiguring the primary cell from the network device corresponding to the target cell, and the configuration information Configured by the first main network device.
  • the primary network device corresponding to the source PCell can configure a new primary cell for the terminal device, and the terminal device changes the primary cell from the first primary cell to the new primary cell to solve the problem of RLF in the first primary cell.
  • the resulting problem is that the terminal device cannot communicate with the first primary cell.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal, and may also be a module or unit in the terminal for implementing the communication method described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software.
  • the communication device may include: a receiving unit and a processing unit;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive, from the first primary network device, CPA information indicating the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell;
  • the processing unit is configured to detect RLF in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device before determining the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions according to the CPA information, and determine the target cell from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, Add the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell, or perform a radio resource control RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell.
  • the communication device For the specific implementation of the communication device, reference may be made to the behavior and function of the terminal in the communication method provided in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware.
  • the communication device may include a processor and a communication interface, and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the first aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the first aspect, for example :
  • the processor is configured to receive from the first primary network device via the communication interface the CPA information indicating the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and determine that the primary and secondary cells are satisfied according to the CPA information.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store computer instructions and/or data.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an interface circuit, a bus interface, a pin, or other device capable of implementing the transceiver function.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the first aspect or any possible design of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication method is provided.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product may include program instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute the first aspect or any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication method described in the design is provided.
  • a chip system in a sixth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the chip system can be used to implement the functions performed by the terminal in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, such as
  • the processor is configured to receive from the first primary network device via the communication interface parameters indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and determine that the primary and secondary cells are satisfied according to the CPA information Before adding the conditional cell, RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the target cell is determined from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and the target cell is added as the target primary and secondary cell, or on the target cell Perform the radio resource control RRC re-establishment process, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory to
  • the chip system is made to execute the communication method described in the seventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the seventh aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices, without limitation.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication method.
  • the communication method may be executed by a terminal device, a chip or other device, and the method may be executed by a terminal device.
  • the method may include: The device receives the parameters indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and determines the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, if the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the terminal device will add the first primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell , Or, determine the target cell, perform the RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if an RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects the RRC replay from the candidate PSCells.
  • the established cell initiates an RRC re-establishment procedure to the selected target cell.
  • the source PCell and the candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly rebuild with the selected target cell. Reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device uses the first primary and secondary cell as the new primary cell and accesses the first primary and secondary cell.
  • Primary and secondary cells because the first primary and secondary cells selected from the candidate PSCells have better signal quality, and the candidate PSCell has already acquired the terminal device context during the candidate SN addition preparation stage, therefore, the terminal device can quickly access the first Primary and secondary cells reduce the service interruption time between terminal equipment and network equipment, and ensure service transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the terminal device before the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device will use the first primary and secondary cell as the target PSCell, because the candidate PSCell meets the PSCell The signal quality of the first primary and secondary cell to which the condition is added is better, and the candidate PSCell has already obtained the terminal device context during the candidate SN adding preparation stage, so the terminal device can quickly access the first primary and secondary cell that meets the PSCell adding condition ,
  • the first primary and secondary cell provides business services for the terminal equipment, reducing the business interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensuring the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the terminal device determines the target cell, including: the terminal device continues to access the first primary and secondary cell, and uses the first primary and secondary cell as the target cell; or, the terminal device stops accessing the first primary and secondary cell and sets At least one candidate primary and secondary cell satisfies the S criterion as the target cell.
  • the terminal device can use the first primary and secondary cell that meets the PSCell addition condition as the RRC re-establishment cell or select a cell that meets the S criterion from the candidate primary and secondary cells as the S criterion selection target cell of the RRC re-establishment cell , And the signal quality of the selected RRC re-established cell is better, so that the terminal device can access the target cell with better signal quality, and the cell provides relatively high-quality business services for the terminal device to ensure the continuity of business transmission and The transmission quality is not affected.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the terminal device can send indication information to the source PCell: the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell through the selected target cell, indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, so that the first primary network device can follow this
  • the indication information knows that the terminal device will switch to the primary cell.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives configuration information from the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is determined by The first primary network device is configured, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  • the primary network device corresponding to the source PCell can configure a new primary cell for the terminal device. There is no need for the terminal device to select a new primary cell through the signaling interaction with the network device, which reduces the terminal device’s choice of a new primary cell. Incoming power consumption and signaling interaction.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device, and may also be a module or module used in the terminal device to implement the communication method described in the embodiments of the present application. unit.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the seventh aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software. .
  • the communication device may include: a processing unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell Out the first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells;
  • the processing unit is further configured to detect that RLF occurs in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, and add the first primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell, or, Determine the target cell, perform the RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell.
  • the communication device For the specific implementation of the communication device, reference may be made to the behavior and function of the terminal device in the communication method provided in the seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect, which is not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect.
  • a communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware.
  • the communication device may include a processor and a communication interface, and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the seventh aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the seventh aspect, for example :
  • the processor is configured to determine from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary and secondary cell is added It is the target primary and secondary cell, or the target cell is determined, and the RRC re-establishment procedure is performed on the target cell, or the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary and secondary cell is used as the second primary cell.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store computer instructions and/or data.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the seventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the seventh aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the seventh aspect or any possible design of the foregoing aspects The communication method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product may include program instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute the seventh aspect or any of the foregoing aspects. Possible design of the communication method described.
  • a chip system in a twelfth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the chip system can be used to implement the functions performed by the terminal device in the seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect.
  • the processor is configured to determine from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell The first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells is generated.
  • the first primary and secondary cell Before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary and secondary cell will be The cell is added as a target primary and secondary cell, or the target cell is determined, and the RRC re-establishment process is performed on the target cell, or the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary and secondary cell is used as the second primary cell.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. When the chip system is running, the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory to The chip system is made to execute the communication method described in the seventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the seventh aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices, without limitation.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication method.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device, a chip or another device.
  • the method includes: A primary network device receives the parameters indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and determines from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions The first primary and secondary cell, if the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, the terminal device deletes the first primary cell and determines the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell; Alternatively, the terminal device receives the configuration information configured by the first primary network device through the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device regards the first primary and secondary cell as the new The primary cell is connected to the first primary and secondary cell. Since the signal quality of the first primary and secondary cell selected from the candidate PSCells is better, and the candidate PSCell has already acquired the terminal device context during the preparation phase for adding the candidate SN, the terminal The device can quickly access the first primary and secondary cell, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal device and the network device, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device obtains the relevant information about the reconfiguration of the primary cell through the first primary and secondary cell.
  • the candidate PSCells the signal quality of the first primary and secondary cell that meets the PSCell addition conditions is better. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly obtain the relevant information about the reconfiguration of the primary cell through the first primary and secondary cell, and the first primary and secondary cell is the terminal device Provide business services, quickly access the new main cell, reduce the business interruption time between terminal equipment and network equipment, and ensure business transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends indication information to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, where the indication information is used to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the terminal device can send indication information to the source PCell through the selected first primary and secondary cell: the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell to instruct the first primary cell to generate RLF so that the first primary network The device learns that the primary cell handover of the terminal device will occur according to the instruction information.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device, and may also be a module in the terminal device for implementing the communication method described in the embodiments of the present application Or unit.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the thirteenth aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software.
  • the communication device may include: a processing unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell If the first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells is successfully accessed, if RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary cell is deleted. A primary and secondary cell is determined to be the second primary cell; or, the configuration information configured by the first primary network device is received through a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  • a communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware.
  • the communication device may include a processor and a communication interface, and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the thirteenth aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the thirteenth aspect.
  • the processor determines from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell If the first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells is successfully accessed, if RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary cell is deleted. A primary and secondary cell is determined to be the second primary cell; or, the configuration information configured by the first primary network device is received through a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  • the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store computer instructions and/or data.
  • the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the thirteenth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the thirteenth aspect or any of the thirteenth aspects. A possible design of the communication method described.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product may include program instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect. Any possible design of the aspect of the communication method.
  • a chip system in an eighteenth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the chip system can be used to implement the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or the execution of the terminal device in any possible design of the thirteenth aspect.
  • the processor receives CPA information from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell Determine the first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells. If, after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary cell will be deleted.
  • the first primary and secondary cell is determined to be the second primary cell; or, the configuration information configured by the first primary network device is received through a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. When the chip system is running, the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory to make the chip The system executes the communication method described in the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the thirteenth aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, the communication system includes the communication device and network equipment according to any one of the second aspect to the sixth aspect; or, includes the communication device as described in the eighth aspect to the sixth aspect; The communication device and network equipment according to any aspect of the twelfth aspect; or, including the communication device and network equipment according to any one of the fourteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect.
  • Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of EN-DC
  • Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of NE-DC
  • Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of NGEN-DC
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the SN adding process
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 400 provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 80 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connection
  • CA is to aggregate two or more component carriers (component carriers, CC) together to form a larger transmission bandwidth.
  • CA is a technology to increase transmission bandwidth, which can increase the uplink and downlink transmission rate. For example, through CA technology, five 20 megahertz (MHz) CCs can be aggregated to achieve a maximum transmission bandwidth of 100 MHz.
  • a carrier may be called a cell (Cell).
  • Cell a carrier
  • multiple cells can be divided into primary cells (Primary Cell, PCell) and multiple secondary cells (Secondary Cell, SCell), and the secondary cell can also be described as a primary cell instead.
  • Secondary cell Primary Secondary Cell, PSCell.
  • the terminal device can receive common channel information on the PCell, access the network, etc., and can perform service transmission on the SCell.
  • DC means that a terminal device is connected to two network devices at the same time, and the two network devices provide data transmission services for the terminal device at the same time.
  • Two network devices can be a master network device and a secondary network device.
  • Multiple serving cells covered by the main network device can form a master cell group (MCG).
  • MCG includes a PCell and optional One or more SCells.
  • the main network device is responsible for the control plane and user plane of the terminal device, and can be responsible for sending service data to the terminal device, and can also be responsible for sending control signaling to the terminal device.
  • Multiple serving cells covered by a secondary network device may form a secondary cell group (SCG), and the SCG may include one PSCell and optionally one or more SCells.
  • the auxiliary network device can be responsible for the user plane of the terminal device and send service data to the terminal device. It is understandable that, in this application, the network device can be an independent base station (base station, BS) or evolved node (evolved node B, eNB), or a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) or other devices with protocol stacks, etc., are not restricted.
  • base station base station
  • eNB evolved node
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • RAT radio access technology
  • RAT can include long term evolution (LTE) technology, new radio (NR) technology, next generation (NG) technology, etc.
  • LTE technology can also be replaced by the evolutionary UMTS terrestrial wireless access ( evolved-UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) technology.
  • E-UTRA evolved-UMTS terrestrial radio access
  • the DC scenario described in the embodiments of this application is to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application.
  • the technical solution provided is also applicable to application scenarios where the terminal device supports simultaneous access to two or more network devices, and is not limited. Among them, in the application scenario where the terminal device supports simultaneous access to two or more network devices, there is one main network device in the two or more network devices, and the main network device is excluded from the two or more network devices. Network devices other than network devices can all be referred to as auxiliary network devices.
  • the terminal device supports EN-DC (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity), and the terminal device is connected to a base station (LTE eNB) that supports LTE technology and a base station (gNB) that supports NR technology at the same time.
  • LTE eNB As the main network device, it is responsible for the user plane and signaling plane of the terminal device, and the gNB, as the auxiliary network device, is responsible for the user plane of the terminal device.
  • the LTE eNB is connected to the packet core network (evolved packet core, EPC).
  • the LTE eNB provides air interface transmission resources for the service data between the terminal equipment and the EPC and obtains the service data of the terminal equipment, and passes the gNB The service data of the terminal device is transmitted to the terminal device. Or, as shown in the right figure in Figure 1a, both the LTE eNB and the gNB are connected to the EPC, and the terminal device can transmit service data between the LTE eNB and the gNB and the EPC.
  • the terminal device supports NE-DC (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity), and the terminal device is connected with a base station that supports LTE technology: ng-eNB and a base station that supports NR technology: gNB, with gNB as the master
  • the network equipment is responsible for the user plane and signaling plane of the terminal equipment
  • the ng-eNB as the auxiliary network equipment, is responsible for the user plane of the terminal equipment.
  • the fifth-generation core network connected GNB (5 th generation core, 5GC) , gNB provide air interface resources for the transmission of data traffic between the terminal device and the service and acquiring 5GC data terminal device, and by The ng-eNB transmits the service data of the terminal equipment to the terminal equipment.
  • both the gNB and the ng-eNB are connected to the 5GC, and the terminal device can transmit service data between the ng-eNB and the gNB and the 5GC.
  • the terminal device supports NGEN-DC (NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity), and the terminal device is connected to a base station supporting LTE technology: ng-eNB and a base station supporting NR technology: gNB at the same time Ng-eNB is the main network device and is responsible for the user plane and signaling plane of the terminal device, and gNB is the auxiliary network device and is responsible for the user plane of the terminal device.
  • the ng-eNB is connected to the 5GC.
  • the ng-eNB provides air interface transmission resources for the service data between the terminal equipment and the 5GC and obtains the service data of the terminal equipment, and transmits the service data of the terminal equipment through the gNB To the terminal equipment.
  • both the ng-eNB and the gNB are connected to the 5GC, and the terminal device can transmit service data between the ng-eNB and the gNB and the 5GC.
  • SN/PSCell/SCG can be added to terminal devices that support DC through SN addition process/PSCell addition process/SCG addition process, and network services can be provided for terminal equipment through PCell and PSCell, or through MCG and SCG.
  • CPA conditional PSCell addition
  • Step 201 The first primary network device respectively initiates an SN addition request (addition request) message to at least one secondary network device, requesting the secondary network device to allocate corresponding radio resources for the dual connection of the terminal device.
  • the SN addition request message may include the context information of the terminal device, the service data of the terminal device, the measurement result of the candidate PSCell corresponding to the auxiliary network device, and the necessary security information of the auxiliary network device, such as a security key, and so on.
  • the first main network device that provides network services for the terminal device may trigger the first main network device to send at least one auxiliary
  • the network device sends an SN add request message.
  • multiple secondary network devices may correspond to one or more candidate target primary and secondary cells or candidate PSCells.
  • Multiple candidate target primary and secondary cells may belong to the same secondary network device or different secondary network devices, and there is no limitation.
  • the first primary network device and a certain secondary network device are the same network device, that is, one or some candidate primary and secondary cells and the first primary cell are managed or covered by the same network device (ie, the first primary network device)
  • step 201 can be skipped and not executed.
  • the first primary cell is a cell managed or covered by the first primary network device.
  • the candidate target primary and secondary cell and candidate PSCell are equivalent concepts, and the two can be described alternatively.
  • the candidate target primary and secondary cell can be described as a candidate PSCell
  • the candidate PSCell can be described as Candidate target primary and secondary cells, etc., are not restricted.
  • Step 202 Each of the at least one auxiliary network device determines whether it accepts the SN addition request message of the first main network device. If the auxiliary network device accepts the SN addition request message of the first main network device, the following process is executed : The secondary network device sends an SN addition request confirmation message to the first primary network device.
  • the SN addition request confirmation message may include the parameters of the candidate PSCell configured by the secondary network device and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell.
  • the parameters of the candidate PSCell may include one or more of the following: the priority of the candidate PSCell, the cell group ID (cell group ID) corresponding to the candidate PSCell, the cell index corresponding to the candidate PSCell (e.g., serving cell index (ServCellIndex),
  • the candidate PSCell is the cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) allocated by the terminal device, the random access channel (RACH) resource information required to access the candidate PSCell, and the candidate PSCell corresponding Identification information (such as the measurement identifier (measID) corresponding to the candidate PSCell) and/or configuration identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or other representations) corresponding to the cell, which is not limited; the identification information is used to identify the CPA information corresponding to the cell )), the cell global identity (CGI) of the candidate PSCell, the physical cell identifier (PCI) of the candidate PSCell, the frequency information corresponding to the candidate PSCell, the physical layer configuration parameters
  • the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell can be used to indicate the primary and secondary cell addition conditions that the candidate PSCell needs to meet as the target PSCell to be added, and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell can include the primary and secondary cell addition execution event Type and primary and secondary cell add the threshold value corresponding to the execution event type.
  • the primary and secondary cell addition execution event types may include A4 events, B1 events, or other execution event types.
  • One candidate PSCell can be configured with one or more candidate primary and secondary cell addition conditions.
  • a candidate PSCell may be configured with one execution event type, configured with at least one threshold and/or at most two different trigger quantities (trigger quantities), and the trigger quality may include reference signal received power, RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), etc.; or, a candidate PSCell can be configured with at most two different execution event types and each The threshold value corresponding to the execution event type. It should be noted that the primary and secondary cells corresponding to different candidate PSCells add the execution event type and/or the threshold corresponding to the execution event type may be the same or different, and there is no restriction.
  • the configured primary and secondary cell addition execution event type is A4 event
  • the configured corresponding threshold is the first threshold
  • the secondary network device corresponding to the candidate PSCell can also reject the SN addition request message of the first primary network device.
  • the secondary network device corresponding to the candidate PSCell replies to the first primary network device with an addition request reject (addition request reject) In response, it refuses to configure candidate PSCells for the terminal device.
  • Step 203 The first primary network device receives the SN addition request confirmation message sent by one or more secondary network devices, and sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message includes CPA information
  • the CPA information includes the parameters of at least one candidate PSCell configured by one or more secondary network devices and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of at least one candidate PSCell.
  • the first primary network device can receive the SN addition request confirmation message sent by one or more secondary network devices, and obtain the parameters of the candidate PSCell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell from each SN addition request confirmation message, and it will obtain The parameters of the obtained candidate PSCell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell are carried in the CPA information.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message may also include conditional handover (CHO) configuration information of at least one candidate primary cell.
  • At least one candidate primary cell may correspond to at least one candidate PSCell, and the candidate primary cell and its corresponding candidate PSCell perform carrier Aggregate to form DC.
  • each of the at least one candidate primary cell has at least one candidate PSCell corresponding to it, or a certain cell of the at least one candidate primary cell has at least one candidate PSCell corresponding to it, or at least one candidate primary cell Some cells in the cells have at least one candidate PSCell corresponding to each cell in the cells.
  • the CHO configuration information of the candidate primary cell may include the parameters of the candidate primary cell and the primary cell handover condition information of the candidate primary cell.
  • the terminal device can execute the CHO process according to the CHO configuration information of the candidate primary cell, for example, determine the cell that meets the primary cell handover condition among the candidate primary cells as the target primary cell, and then the terminal device attempts to switch to the target primary cell.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message may include at least one candidate PSCell related information (such as CPA information).
  • the RRC reconfiguration message may include at least one candidate primary cell related information (such as CHO configuration information) and at least one candidate primary cell corresponding to at least one candidate PSCell related information (such as CPA information).
  • the candidate primary cell cell1 corresponds to the candidate PSCell: cellC, cellD (or in other words, the candidate primary cell cell1 can perform carrier aggregation with the candidate PSCell (such as cellC or cellD) to form a DC)
  • the candidate primary cell cell2 corresponds to the candidate PSCell: cellE, cellF (or, the candidate primary cell cell2 can perform carrier aggregation with the candidate PSCell (such as cellE or cellF) to form a DC
  • the RRC reconfiguration message contains: cell1 parameters and cell1 primary cell handover condition information
  • cell1 corresponds to cellC Parameters and information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cellC
  • the parameters of cellF corresponding to cell2 and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cellF
  • the first primary network device can carry the parameters of the candidate PSCell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell that it receives from all secondary network devices and send it to the terminal device in an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the first primary network device sends at least two RRC reconfiguration messages to the terminal device, and each RRC reconfiguration message carries the parameters of the candidate PSCell sent by at least one secondary network device and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell, No restrictions.
  • Step 204 The terminal device replies an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first primary network device.
  • step 204 is an optional step, and the execution order of step 204 is not limited. Step 204 can be performed before step 206 or step 207, or after step 206 or step 207, or can be combined with step 206 or step 207. Simultaneous execution without restriction.
  • Step 205 The terminal device judges whether the primary and secondary cell addition condition of at least one candidate PSCell is satisfied according to the CPA information carried in the received RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the candidate PSCell meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition includes: the terminal device determines whether the measurement result corresponding to each trigger quality in at least one trigger quality of the PSCell satisfies the CPA information If the primary and secondary cell addition condition corresponding to the trigger quality is met, it is determined that the candidate PSCell meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition.
  • the primary and secondary cell addition execution event type configured with candidate primary and secondary cell A is the A4 event, and two trigger quantities are configured: RSRP and RSRQ, the configured threshold corresponding to RSRP is E, and the configured threshold corresponding to RSRQ The value is F as an example.
  • the terminal equipment measures that the RSRP of the candidate primary and secondary cell A is higher than E, and the RSRQ of the candidate primary and secondary cell A is higher than F, the terminal equipment can determine that the candidate primary and secondary cell A satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition Condition; otherwise, it is determined that the candidate primary and secondary cell A does not meet the primary and secondary cell addition conditions.
  • Step 206 The terminal device determines a candidate PSCell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition as the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the terminal device judges whether at least one candidate PSCell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions based on the CPA information, and selects at least one candidate PSCell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions.
  • a candidate PSCell of the secondary cell addition condition serves as the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the terminal device determines whether the candidate PSCell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, it can select the target that meets the primary cell handover conditions from the candidate primary cells according to the CHO configuration information
  • the primary cell based on the CPA information of the candidate PSCell, determines whether the candidate PSCell corresponding to the target primary cell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, and selects a candidate PSCell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions among the candidate PSCells corresponding to the target primary cell As the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell from cellC and cellD, that is, the terminal device will satisfy the primary and secondary cells of cellC and cellD.
  • the cell subject to the secondary cell addition condition is determined as the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the network device configures the target primary and secondary cells for the target primary cell cell1, that is, the RRC reconfiguration message contains information about cell1 (such as the CHO configuration information corresponding to cell1). ), it also contains the relevant information of the target primary and secondary cell corresponding to cell1 (for example, if cellK is configured as the target primary and secondary cell, that is, it also contains the parameters of cellK), the terminal device adds cellK as the target primary and secondary cell.
  • Step 207 The terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target primary and secondary cell. After the terminal device successfully accesses the target primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs. Subsequently, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device through the target primary and secondary cell.
  • each step in the embodiment of the present application is an optional execution step, and each step may be executed individually or in combination, and is not limited.
  • the terminal device performs the SN addition process, such as: in the process of judging whether the candidate primary and secondary cells meet the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, or determine Before the target primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells is determined, that is, before step 206; or, after the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell to be added but before successfully accessing the target primary and secondary cell; or, in After the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell, if the terminal device finds that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, that is, the connection between the terminal device and the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell is interrupted, then To continue the transmission of service data, the terminal device needs to initiate an RRC re-establishment process.
  • the re-established cell needs to obtain the context information of the terminal device from the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell, and obtain the context information of the terminal device from the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell.
  • the main network device obtains data packets that have not been successfully transmitted between the terminal device and the first main network device and sends them to the terminal device. This process will cause a long service interruption delay.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method: before determining the target primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, that is, before step 206; when RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device will receive at least one The candidate PSCell selects the target cell according to certain criteria, adds the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell, or uses the target cell as an RRC re-establishment cell, performs the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell, or deletes/releases the first Primary cell, use the target cell as a new primary cell for access.
  • the execution process may refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5 below.
  • the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell to be added but before successfully accessing the target primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, then, in one way, the terminal device continues to access the determined primary and secondary cell. Or, in another approach, the terminal device stops accessing the determined target primary and secondary cell, selects a target cell for re-establishment from candidate PSCells, and performs an RRC re-establishment process on the target cell; Or, in another approach, the terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, or releases the connection with the first primary cell, and uses the target primary and secondary cell as the new primary cell. Specifically, the execution process may refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6 below.
  • the terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, or releases the connection with the first primary cell, and changes the target primary cell.
  • the secondary cell is determined to be the new primary cell; or, the terminal device receives from the target primary and secondary cell the configuration information of the new primary cell configured by the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell to the terminal device according to the configuration information and the new primary cell. Establish a connection to the primary cell and resume business data transmission.
  • the execution process may refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7 below.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems supporting DC, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system, wireless fidelity (wireless) Fidelity, WiFi) systems, future communication systems, or systems integrating multiple communication systems, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • 5G wireless fidelity
  • WiFi wireless Fidelity
  • future communication systems or systems integrating multiple communication systems, etc.
  • NR new radio
  • the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (ultra reliable low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (MTC), massive machine type communications (mMTC), device to device (D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle to everything (V2X), vehicle to vehicle (V2V), and Internet of things (IoT), etc.
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable low-latency communication
  • MTC machine type communication
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • D2D device to device
  • vehicle outreach vehicle to everything
  • V2X vehicle to vehicle
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 3 is taken as an example to describe the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include a network device and multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device may be a terminal device that supports DC, and the network device includes an interface
  • Network access equipment may also include core network equipment, and may also include equipment of service providers (such as servers), etc., without limitation.
  • the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the network device as an access network device as an example.
  • the RATs supported by different access network devices may be the same or different.
  • the access network device and the access network device communicate through a wired network or a wireless network, for example, communicate with each other through the Xn interface in FIG. 3.
  • the access network equipment may cover one or more cells, for example, the access network equipment 1 covers the cell 1.1, the access network equipment 2 covers the cell 2.1, and the access network equipment covers the cell 3.1.
  • a terminal device that supports DC can access the access network device in one of the cells and set the access network device as the main network device.
  • the terminal device 1 can access the access network device 1 in the cell 1.1, and
  • the access network device 1 is used as a master network device, that is, a master node (master node, MN).
  • the access network device 1 may obtain the parameters including one or more candidate PSCells (such as cell 2.1, cell 3.1) and each PSCell with reference to the method shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device 1 can determine whether each PSCell of one or more candidate PSCells meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, and will one or Multiple candidate PSCells select a PSCell (such as cell 3.1) that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions to be added as the target primary and secondary cell, and access the target primary and secondary cell to implement DC communication. If an RLF occurs between the terminal device 1 and the access network device 1 during the process of adding the PSCell to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 can refer to the methods shown in FIGS. 5 to 7 to select a target cell and access the target cell to resume service transmission.
  • FIG. 3 is only an exemplary framework diagram, and the number of nodes, the number of cells, and the state of terminal equipment included in FIG. 3 are not limited. In addition to the functional nodes shown in Figure 3, other nodes may also be included, such as core network equipment, gateway equipment, application servers, etc., which are not limited.
  • the access network equipment communicates with the core network equipment through a wired network or a wireless network, for example, through a next generation (NG) interface.
  • NG next generation
  • the network equipment is mainly used to implement the terminal equipment resource scheduling, wireless resource management, wireless access control and other functions.
  • the network device may include any one of a base station, a wireless access point, a transmission receive point (TRP), a transmission point (TP), and some other access node.
  • the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device that can support the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system.
  • the device may be installed in the network device or combined with the network device. Matching use.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the network equipment is a network device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal equipment can be a terminal, a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), or a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc.
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver function, it may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, or an industrial control device.
  • Wireless terminals wireless terminals in unmanned driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, smart homes, or vehicle-mounted terminals, etc.
  • the device used to realize the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system.
  • the device may be installed in the terminal device or connected to the terminal device. Matching use.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described by taking an example in which the device used to implement the function of the terminal device is a terminal device.
  • each network element shown in FIG. 3, such as a terminal device and a network device may adopt the composition structure shown in FIG. 4 or include the components shown in FIG. 4.
  • 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 400 provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 400 may be a terminal device or one of the terminal devices. Chip or system on chip.
  • the communication device 400 may be a network device or a chip or a system on a chip in the network device.
  • the communication device 400 may include a processor 401, a communication line 402, and a communication interface 403. Further, the communication device 400 may further include a memory 404. Among them, the processor 401, the memory 404, and the communication interface 403 may be connected through a communication line 402.
  • the processor 401 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), a microprocessor, or a microcontroller. , Programmable logic device (PLD) or any combination of them.
  • the processor 401 may also be other devices with processing functions, such as circuits, devices, or software modules.
  • the communication line 402 is used to transmit information between the components included in the communication device 400.
  • the communication interface 403 is used to communicate with other devices or other communication networks.
  • the other communication network may be Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • the communication interface 403 may be an interface circuit, a pin, a radio frequency module, a transceiver, or any device capable of realizing communication.
  • the memory 404 is used to store instructions. Among them, the instruction may be a computer program.
  • the memory 404 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, or it may be a random access memory (RAM) or can store information. And/or other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions, which can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc (read_only memory, CD_ROM), or other optical disk storage, optical discs Storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices.
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD_ROM compact disc
  • Optical disk storage includes compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital universal discs, or Blu-ray discs, etc.
  • the memory 404 may exist independently of the processor 401, or may be integrated with the processor 401.
  • the memory 404 may be used to store instructions or program codes or some data.
  • the memory 404 may be located in the communication device 400 or outside the communication device 400 without limitation.
  • the processor 401 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 404 to implement the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 4.
  • the communication device 400 includes multiple processors.
  • the processor 401 in FIG. 4 it may also include a processor 407.
  • the communication apparatus 400 further includes an output device 405 and an input device 406.
  • the input device 406 is a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, or a joystick
  • the output device 405 is a display screen, a speaker, or other devices.
  • the communication device 400 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device with a similar structure in FIG. 4.
  • the composition structure shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation to the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components. , Or different component arrangements.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • each device in the following embodiments may have the components shown in FIG. 4.
  • the actions, terms, etc. involved in the various embodiments of the present application can be referred to each other and are not limited.
  • the name of the message or the name of the parameter in the message in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and other names may also be used in specific implementations, which are not limited.
  • Fig. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 5, the method includes:
  • Step 501 The terminal device receives CPA information from the first main network device.
  • the terminal device may be any terminal device that supports MR-DC in the system shown in FIG. 3, for example, the terminal device may be a terminal device 1 that supports MR-DC in the system shown in FIG. 3.
  • the CPA information may indicate the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • At least one candidate primary and secondary cell may refer to one candidate primary and secondary cell or two or more candidates.
  • Primary and secondary cells Specifically, the relevant description of the CPA information, the parameters of the candidate primary and secondary cells, and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate primary and secondary cells can be referred to the above-mentioned FIG. 2 and will not be repeated.
  • the CPA information received by the terminal device from the primary network device includes ⁇ parameters of cell 2.1, primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cell 2.1 ⁇ , ⁇ cell 3.1 Parameters of cell 3.1, primary and secondary cell addition condition information ⁇ and ⁇ parameters of cell 4.1, primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cell 4.1 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device may receive an RRC reconfiguration message carrying CPA information from the first primary network device, and obtain the CPA information from the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the primary network device may request the network device to which at least one candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to obtain the CPA information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and the primary network device may send an RRC reconfiguration message carrying the CPA information to the terminal device, and the terminal device
  • For the execution process of obtaining the RRC reconfiguration message refer to the above steps 201 to 204, and details are not described herein again.
  • Step 502 Before determining a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition based on the CPA information, the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the first primary cell may be the source primary cell of the terminal device or a cell belonging to the source MCG, the first primary cell may be a cell managed by the first primary network device, and the first primary network device may be a terminal in the first primary cell
  • the equipment provides services.
  • the terminal device as the terminal device 1 in FIG. 3 as an example, the first primary cell may be the cell 1.1 in FIG. 3, and the first primary network device may be the access network device 1.
  • the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell may refer to the failure of normal data transmission between the terminal device and the first primary cell or the first primary network device, such as failure of uplink data transmission and/or downlink data transmission.
  • the terminal device is terminal device 1 in Figure 3
  • the first primary cell is cell 1.1
  • the first primary network device is access network device 1
  • the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, which can refer to the terminal The connection between the device 1 and the cell 1.1 is disconnected, or the terminal device cannot perform data transmission with the access network device 1, and cannot receive the service data and configuration information sent by the access network device 1.
  • the terminal device may include: the terminal device determines whether the primary and secondary cell addition condition of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is satisfied based on the CPA information; or, the terminal device according to The CHO configuration information determines whether at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the primary cell handover condition.
  • the terminal device may use the following method to generate RLF in the first primary cell: if the terminal device continuously detects a preset number of out of sync at the physical layer, the terminal device determines that RLF occurs in the first primary cell Or, if the terminal device has not received the service data sent by the first primary network device within a preset time period, the terminal device determines that RLF occurs in the first primary cell; or, if the terminal device sends the first If the number of failures for the primary network device to send service data is greater than or equal to the preset number of failures, the terminal device determines that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the preset time, the preset number of failures, and the preset number can be set as needed, and they can be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device, and are not limited.
  • Step 503 The terminal device determines the target cell from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, adds the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell, or performs the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell, or deletes/releases the first primary cell, and sets the target cell The cell serves as the second primary cell.
  • the target cell may be a candidate primary and secondary cell that satisfies the S criterion, or satisfies the following first selection condition, or satisfies the following second selection condition, among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the target cell can be used as a target primary and secondary cell to be added or used for RRC re-establishment or replacement of the original primary primary cell as a new primary cell.
  • the terminal device determines the target cell from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the processing procedure for the target cell may include any one of the three branches as shown in FIG. 5, and the first branch includes step 5031a and step 5032a; The second branch includes step 5031b to step 5034b; the third branch can include step 5031c to step 5033c.
  • which branch of the three branches is used by the terminal device to determine the target cell may be pre-configured or stipulated by the protocol, or the network device may instruct the terminal device which branch to use.
  • Step 5031a The terminal device uses a cell meeting the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as a target cell.
  • the S criterion can be used to select RRC re-establishment cells. It should be noted that the S criterion can also be replaced with other criteria that can select the RRC re-establishment cell, etc., which is not limited.
  • the terminal device uses a cell that meets the S criterion among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as the target cell may include: the terminal device determines whether the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the S criterion, and obtains one or more cells that meet the S criterion; If there is one cell that satisfies the S criterion, then the cell that satisfies the S criterion is regarded as the target cell.
  • the cell that meets any one or more of the following conditions is the target cell: the highest priority, the best (or highest) signal quality, the smallest or largest corresponding cell index, and the corresponding configuration Identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or other identification forms) is the smallest or largest; or, the first cell that meets the S criterion, and so on.
  • the candidate PSCells include ⁇ cell 2.1, cell 4.1 ⁇
  • the terminal device can set ⁇ cell 2.1, cell 4.1 ⁇ in ⁇ cell 2.1, cell 4.1 ⁇
  • Any candidate PSCell cell 2.1 or cell 4.1 as the target cell; or, the terminal device may use the cell with higher priority in ⁇ cell 2.1, cell 4.1 ⁇ as the target cell; or, the terminal device may use ⁇ cell 2.1, cell 4.1 ⁇
  • the cell with the highest signal quality in the cell is the target cell; or, the terminal device can use the cell that meets the S preparation first detected in ⁇ cell 2.1, cell 4.1 ⁇ as the target cell.
  • Step 5032a The terminal device regards the target cell as an RRC re-establishment cell, and performs an RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell.
  • the RRC re-establishment procedure performed by the terminal device on the target cell may include:
  • the terminal device sends an RRC re-establishment request (RRC restablishment request) message to the target cell, where the RRC re-establishment request message may be used to request the establishment of an RRC connection between network devices corresponding to the target cell;
  • RRC restablishment request RRC re-establishment request
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell accepts the RRC re-establishment request message sent by the terminal device, the network device corresponding to the target cell sends an RRC re-establishment message (RRC re-establishment) to the terminal device;
  • the terminal device receives the RRC re-establishment message, and establishes an RRC connection with the network device corresponding to the target cell. After the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device corresponding to the target cell, it sends an RRC re-establishment complete message to the network device corresponding to the target cell.
  • the terminal device may stop/no longer determine whether the primary and secondary cell addition condition of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is satisfied, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also continue to determine whether the primary and secondary cell addition conditions of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell are met, and there is no restriction.
  • the terminal device deletes the CPA information after stopping/no longer determining whether the primary and secondary cell addition condition of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is satisfied.
  • the terminal device sends indication information to the network device corresponding to the target cell, and the indication information may be used to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the indication information may include at least one of the following: The identification information of the first primary cell, the indication information of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, the signal quality of the first primary cell, the signal quality of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, etc.; the network device corresponding to the target cell can send the indication information to the first The primary network device sends a first message, which is used to notify the first primary network device of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell.
  • the first message may include indication information that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, or, The first message may include at least one item of the foregoing instruction information.
  • the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device, no longer provides network services to the terminal device, and no longer transmits service data with the terminal device.
  • the identification information of the first primary cell may be used to identify the first primary cell.
  • the identification information of the first primary cell may be at least one of the following: physical cell identifier (PCI), frequency information, cell global identifier (CGI), cell wireless network temporary wireless identifier ( cell radio network temporary, C-RNTI).
  • the terminal device selects the target cell for re-establishment from the candidate primary and secondary cells, and initiates the RRC re-establishment process to the selected target cell . Since the candidate PSCell is added in the preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e. the first primary cell) and each candidate primary and secondary cell of the at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged context information of the terminal device and performed the service data of the terminal device.
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell can quickly re-establish the RRC connection with the terminal device and transmit service data according to the context information of the terminal device, reducing the number of terminal devices and The service interruption time between network equipment ensures the service transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • Step 5031b The terminal device judges whether there is a cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. If there is a cell that meets the first selection condition, step 5032b or step 5033b is executed, and the process ends; if it does not exist, then execute Step 5034b, the process ends.
  • the first selection condition may be used to select a target primary and secondary cell to be added or a new primary cell, and the first selection condition may include a primary and secondary cell addition condition or the signal quality is greater than a first threshold.
  • Each of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may correspond to a first selection condition, and the first selection conditions corresponding to different candidate primary and secondary cells may be the same or different.
  • the primary and secondary cell addition condition included in the first selection condition may be indicated to the terminal device through the primary and secondary cell addition condition information included in the CPA information.
  • the first threshold may be set as required, and the first threshold may be the same as or different from the threshold in the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the first threshold may be agreed upon by a protocol or sent by the first main network device to the terminal device, which is not limited.
  • the signal quality described in this embodiment may include one or more of RSRP, RSRQ, and SINR.
  • the candidate PSCell includes cell 2.1 and cell 3.1
  • the CPA information includes ⁇ parameters of cell 2.1, primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cell 2.1 (for example, A4 event, RSRP corresponding threshold E) ⁇ , ⁇ cell 3.1 Parameters, primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cell 3.1 (for example, A4 event, threshold value F corresponding to RSRQ)) as an example
  • the first selection condition corresponding to cell 2.1 can be "the RSRP of the cell is greater than E" or the cell’s RSRP is greater than the first threshold, the first threshold may take a positive number or "0", and the first threshold and E may be the same or different.
  • the first selection condition corresponding to cell 3.1 may be "the RSRQ of the cell is greater than F” or "the RSRQ of the cell is greater than the first threshold", the first threshold may take a positive value or "0”, and the first threshold is the same or different from F.
  • the terminal device judging whether there is a cell satisfying the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may include: the terminal device judging the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell Whether the signal quality of one or some candidate primary and secondary cells is higher than the threshold indicated by the primary and secondary cell addition condition information, if the signal quality of a certain candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the threshold indicated by the primary and secondary cell addition condition information Limit, the candidate primary and secondary cell can be determined as a cell that meets the first selection condition, otherwise, it can be determined that the candidate primary and secondary cell does not meet the first selection condition.
  • the terminal device determining whether there is a cell satisfying the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells may include: determining one or some of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells Whether the signal quality of the candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the first threshold, if the signal quality of a certain candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the first threshold, the candidate primary and secondary cell can be determined as a cell that meets the first selection condition, and vice versa, Then it can be determined that the candidate primary and secondary cell does not meet the first selection condition.
  • the terminal device can stop/no longer determine whether at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Further, optionally, the terminal device can delete/release the CPA information. Alternatively, the terminal device can also continue to determine whether at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, which is not limited.
  • Step 5032b The terminal device uses a cell that meets the first selection condition as a target cell, and adds the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell.
  • the terminal device uses a cell that meets the first selection condition as the target cell may include: if there is only one cell that meets the first selection condition, then use the cell that meets the first selection condition as the target cell, if If there are multiple cells that meet the first selection condition, select any cell from the multiple cells that meet the first selection condition as the target cell, or select any one of the following cells from the multiple cells that meet the first selection condition Or a cell with multiple conditions as the target cell: the highest priority, the best/highest signal quality, the largest or smallest corresponding cell index, and the smallest or largest corresponding configuration identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or other identification forms); or, The first cell that meets the first selection criteria, and so on.
  • adding the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell by the terminal device may include: the terminal device uses/applies the parameters of the target cell contained in the CPA information, and the terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target cell to try to access the target cell. After entering the target cell, after successfully accessing the target cell, you can perform data transmission with the target cell.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device successfully accesses the target cell/target primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell indication information for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the The indication information may include at least one of the following: identification information of the first primary cell, indication information of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, signal quality of the first primary cell, signal quality of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, etc.; target primary and secondary cell
  • the corresponding network device After the corresponding network device receives the indication information, it can send a second message to the first primary network device.
  • the second message is used to notify the first primary network device that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, and the second message may include The indication information of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, or the second message may include at least one item of the above indication information.
  • the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device, no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits service data with the terminal device.
  • the first primary network device reconfigures a new primary cell.
  • the first primary network device may configure a new primary cell for the terminal device to replace the first primary cell, or in other words, the first primary cell A primary network device can configure a new primary cell to be switched to for the terminal device, and the new primary cell and the first primary cell are not the same cell.
  • the first primary network device can send the configuration information corresponding to the determined new primary cell to the target primary and secondary cell Or the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs (for example, the first primary network device can send the PDCP SDU corresponding to the above configuration information to the target primary and secondary cell or the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs), and then, the target primary and secondary cell belongs to
  • the network device can send the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell to the terminal device through its own SRB3, or, in another implementation manner, the first primary network device can send the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell through split SRB1 To the target primary and secondary cell or the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs (for example, the first primary network device can send the PDCP PDU or RLC SDU corresponding to the above configuration information to the target primary and secondary cell or the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs) Then, the network device to which the
  • the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell may be determined by the first primary network device.
  • the first primary network device may determine that CPA has occurred too late based on the received second message, and the subsequent primary network device (such as the first primary network device or the network device to which at least one candidate primary and secondary cell belongs) may adjust the CPA Information, try to avoid late CPA, for example, through the adjustment of CPA information, so that the terminal device can successfully access the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions or successfully complete the SN/SCG/PSCell addition process, and avoid the SN/SCG/PSCell addition process RLF occurs in the first primary cell or the first primary network device before completion.
  • the first primary network device can configure a new primary cell for the terminal device.
  • the first primary network device sends configuration information to the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the configuration information can be Used to reconfigure the primary cell; after receiving the configuration information, the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell sends the configuration information to the terminal device; after receiving the configuration information, the terminal device tries to transfer the primary cell from the first cell to the first cell based on the configuration information.
  • a primary cell is changed to the new primary cell indicated in the configuration information.
  • Step 5033b The terminal device uses the cell meeting the first selection condition as the target cell, deletes/releases the first primary cell, and uses the target cell as the second primary cell.
  • the terminal device deleting/releasing the first primary cell may include: the terminal device deleting the configuration information/parameters corresponding to the first primary cell, or the terminal device releases the connection with the first primary cell, or the terminal device stops communicating with the first primary cell. Data transmission of a primary cell, or the terminal device disconnects from the first primary cell, etc.
  • the terminal device using the target cell as the second primary cell may include: the terminal device uses/applies the parameters of the target cell contained in the CPA information, initiates a random access procedure to the target cell, and after successfully accessing the target cell , The target cell is determined as the new primary cell, and subsequent terminal equipment can perform data transmission with the target cell.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device successfully accesses the second primary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the second primary cell indication information for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, and the indication information may include at least one of the following Items: the identification information of the first primary cell, the indication information of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, the signal quality of the first primary cell, the signal quality of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, etc.; the network device corresponding to the second primary cell receives the After the indication information, a third message can be sent to the first primary network device. The third message can be used to notify the first primary network device that RLF has occurred in the first primary cell.
  • the third message can include the first primary network device.
  • the indication information that the RLF occurs in the cell, or the third message may include at least one of the above indication information.
  • the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device, no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits service data with the terminal device.
  • the terminal device selects a cell that meets the first selection condition from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as the target cell, and adds it as the target primary and secondary cell Or as a new primary cell. Since in the candidate PSCell addition preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e., the first primary cell) and at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly Access the network equipment corresponding to the target cell to transmit service data, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • Step 5034b The terminal device uses a cell meeting the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as a target cell, and the terminal device performs an RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell.
  • the process for the terminal device to set at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion as the target cell may refer to the above step 5031a for the terminal device to use at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion as the target cell.
  • the process of the terminal device performing the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell in step 5034b can refer to the terminal device using the target cell as the RRC re-establishment cell in step 5032a to perform the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell, which will not be repeated.
  • the process of the terminal device performing the RRC re-establishment process refers to the prior art, and will not be repeated.
  • the cell re-established by the terminal device may be any cell that satisfies the S criterion or the cell selection criterion, such as the first primary cell or other cells, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal device may also send to the network device corresponding to the target cell indication information for instructing the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell.
  • the terminal device may also send to the network device corresponding to the target cell indication information for instructing the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell.
  • the process refer to the process in which the terminal device sends the instruction information to the network device corresponding to the target cell in step 5032a, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device selects from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that satisfies S
  • the standard cell is used as the target cell for RRC re-establishment. Since the candidate PSCell is added in the preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e. the first primary cell) and each candidate primary and secondary cell of the at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged context information of the terminal device and performed the service data of the terminal device. Forwarding, therefore, the terminal device can quickly complete the re-establishment process with the network device corresponding to the target cell, and there is no need to perform the terminal context information acquisition process in the re-establishment process.
  • Step 5031c Within the validity period of the timer, the terminal device determines whether there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. If there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, step 5032c is executed, and the process ends; If no cell meeting the primary and secondary cell addition condition is determined within the validity period of the timer or the timer expires, step 5033c is executed, and the process ends.
  • a timer may be used to limit the effective duration of the action for the terminal device to determine whether there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition in at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the CPA information.
  • the related parameters of the timer such as: the validity period of the timer can be set as required, and the related parameters of the timer can be configured by the first primary network device to the terminal device before RLF occurs in the first primary cell (for example, sent by the first primary network device)
  • the RRC reconfiguration message containing the CPA information to the terminal device contains the relevant parameters of the timer), which can also be pre-defined by the protocol and is not limited.
  • the process of the terminal device judging whether there is a cell satisfying the primary and secondary cell addition condition in at least one candidate primary and secondary cell can refer to the above, and will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device starts the timer when receiving the CPA information configured by the first primary network device.
  • the terminal device can continue to determine at least Whether there is a cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition conditions in a candidate primary and secondary cell, if it is determined within 10s that the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions is determined, step 5032c is executed, if no cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions is found within 10s , Or, when the RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the timer expires/ends work, and step 5033c is executed.
  • the terminal device when RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device starts the timer and triggers the timer to start working.
  • the terminal device determines whether there is at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the requirements of the primary and secondary cells within the validity period of the timer. For the cell with the secondary cell addition condition, if the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition is determined within 10s, step 5032c is executed. If no cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition is found within 10s, or the timer expires/ends work, Step 5033c is executed.
  • Step 5032c The terminal device uses the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions as the target cell, and adds the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell; or, deletes/releases the first primary cell and sets the target cell as the second primary cell.
  • step 5032c can refer to the description of step 5032b and step 5033b, and will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device successfully accesses the target cell/target primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell to indicate the first
  • the indication information of the occurrence of RLF in a primary cell and the relevant description of the indication information can refer to the description in step 5032b, which will not be repeated.
  • the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell can send a second message to the first primary network device.
  • the first primary network device After the first primary network device receives the second message, the first primary network device disconnects from the The connection of the terminal device no longer provides network services for the terminal device, no longer transmits business data with the terminal device, and configures the terminal device with a new primary cell that needs to be switched to.
  • the process of sending the second message by the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the second message please refer to step 5032b, which will not be repeated here. .
  • the network device corresponding to the second primary cell of the terminal device sends an indication for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell Information
  • the relevant description of the instruction information can refer to the description in step 5033b, and will not be repeated here.
  • the network device corresponding to the second primary cell can send a third message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the third message, the first primary network device disconnects from The connection of the terminal device no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal device.
  • the relevant description of the third message, the process of sending the third message by the network device corresponding to the second primary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the third message can refer to the description in step 5033b, which will not be repeated here. .
  • Step 5033c The terminal device uses the cell that meets the second selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells as the target cell, deletes/releases the first primary cell, sets the target cell as the second primary cell, or performs RRC reconfiguration on the target cell. Establish a process.
  • the terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell
  • the process of setting the target cell as the second primary cell can refer to the corresponding description above
  • the process of the terminal equipment performing the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell can refer to the corresponding description above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second selection condition may include the S criterion or the signal quality is greater than the second threshold.
  • Each of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may correspond to a second selection condition, and the second selection conditions corresponding to different candidate primary and secondary cells may be the same or different.
  • the second threshold may be set as required, and the second threshold may be the same or different from the first threshold.
  • the second threshold may be a threshold lower than the first threshold.
  • the second threshold may be the same as or different from the threshold in the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the second threshold may be agreed upon by a protocol, or sent by the first main network device to the terminal device, which is not limited.
  • the signal quality described in this embodiment may include one or more of RSRP, RSRQ, and SINR.
  • the terminal device judging whether there is a cell satisfying the second selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may include: the terminal device judging one or the other of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell Whether the signal quality of some candidate primary and secondary cells meets the S criterion, if the signal quality of the candidate primary and secondary cell meets the S criterion, the primary and secondary cell can be determined as the cell that meets the second selection condition, otherwise, the primary and secondary cell can be determined The secondary cell does not meet the second selection condition.
  • the terminal device judging whether there is a cell that meets the second selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells may include: judging one or some of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells Whether the signal quality of the candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the second threshold, if the signal quality of a certain candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the second threshold, the candidate primary and secondary cell can be determined as a cell that meets the second selection condition, and vice versa, It can be determined that the candidate primary and secondary cell does not meet the second selection condition.
  • the terminal device using the cell that meets the second selection condition as the target cell may include: if there is one cell that meets the second selection condition, then the cell that meets the second selection condition is set as the target cell, and if the cell that meets the second selection condition is If multiple, select any cell from multiple cells that meet the second selection condition as the target cell, or select one of multiple candidate primary and secondary cells that meet the second selection condition that meets any one or more of the following conditions
  • the candidate primary and secondary cell as the target cell the highest priority, the best (or highest) signal quality, the smallest or largest corresponding cell index, and the smallest or largest corresponding configuration identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or other identification forms); or, The first cell that satisfies the second selection condition, and so on.
  • the terminal device can stop/no longer determine whether at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Further, optionally, the terminal device can delete/release the CPA information.
  • the terminal device can determine whether at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the S criterion, which is not limited .
  • the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target cell the indication information used to indicate the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, and the relevant description of the indication information can refer to the steps The description in 5032a will not be repeated here.
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell can send a first message to the first main network device. After the first main network device receives the first message, the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device. The connection, no longer provides network services for the terminal equipment, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal equipment.
  • the related description of the first message, the process of sending the first message by the network device corresponding to the target cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the first message can refer to the description in step 5032a, and will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device selects the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions from the candidate primary and secondary cells within the validity period as the target cell to add (e.g. Add the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell) or use the target cell as a new primary cell, or, after the timer expires, select a target cell that satisfies the second selection condition for RRC re-establishment or as a new primary cell. Since in the candidate PSCell addition preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e., the first primary cell) and at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly Access the network equipment corresponding to the target cell to transmit service data, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • Add the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell or use the target cell as a new primary cell, or, after the timer expires, select a target cell that
  • the method shown in Figure 5 describes the communication method provided in this application in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell before the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the method is taken as an example to describe the communication method in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell after the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell but before successfully accessing the target primary and secondary cell:
  • Fig. 6 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 6, the method includes:
  • Step 601 The terminal device receives CPA information from the first main network device.
  • step 601 can refer to the description of step 501, and will not be repeated.
  • Step 602 After the terminal device determines the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell based on the CPA information, the terminal device detects the first primary and secondary cell before accessing the first primary and secondary cell RLF occurs.
  • the first primary and secondary cell may be a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the highest priority the best (or highest) signal quality
  • the process for the terminal equipment to determine the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the CPA information can refer to the above, and the process for the terminal equipment to detect that RLF occurs in the first primary cell can refer to The description of step 502 will not be repeated here.
  • the first primary and secondary cell can be the target primary and secondary cell to be added; or the first primary and secondary cell or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion can be the RRC reestablished cell, and the terminal device can be in the first primary and secondary cell.
  • the RRC re-establishment process is performed on the cell or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion; or the first primary and secondary cell is used as the new primary cell.
  • the terminal device can delete/release the first primary cell and set the first primary and secondary cell
  • the secondary cell serves as the new primary cell (for example, it is recorded as the second primary cell) and so on.
  • which step of step 603, step 604, and step 605 is performed by the terminal device may be pre-configured or stipulated by the protocol, or the network device may instruct the terminal device to perform which step, which is not limited.
  • Step 603 The terminal device adds the first primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the terminal device can continue to access the first primary and secondary cell.
  • step 603 refer to the process of adding the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell in step 5032b, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell indication information indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell may send a second message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the second message, the first primary network device disconnects The connection with the terminal equipment no longer provides network services for the terminal equipment, no longer transmits business data with the terminal equipment, and configures the terminal equipment with a new primary cell that needs to be switched to.
  • the related description of the second message, the process of sending the second message by the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the second message can refer to the target cell (or target cell) in step 5032b.
  • the processing procedure after the network device corresponding to the primary and secondary cell sends the second message and the first primary network device receives the second message will not be repeated.
  • Step 604 The terminal device determines the target cell, and performs an RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell.
  • determining the target cell by the terminal device may include: the terminal device uses the first primary and secondary cell as the target cell; or, the terminal device stops accessing the first primary and secondary cell, and selects the cell that meets the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell As the target cell.
  • the terminal device continues to access the first primary and secondary cell, and performs an RRC re-establishment procedure with the first primary and secondary cell;
  • the terminal device stops accessing the first primary and secondary cell (such as stopping the random access procedure with the first primary and secondary cell), and performs RRC reconfiguration with the target cell.
  • the process of the terminal device using at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion as the target cell may refer to step 5031a, and the process of performing the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell by the terminal device may refer to the above step 5032a. No longer.
  • the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target cell the indication information used to indicate the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, and the relevant description of the indication information can refer to the steps The description in 5032a will not be repeated here.
  • the network device corresponding to the target cell can send a first message to the first main network device. After the first main network device receives the first message, the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device. The connection, no longer provides network services for the terminal equipment, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal equipment.
  • the related description of the first message, the process of sending the first message by the network device corresponding to the target cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the first message can refer to the description in step 5032a, and will not be repeated.
  • Step 605 The terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, and uses the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell.
  • the terminal device may continue to access the first primary and secondary cell, and after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, use the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell. Specifically, the terminal device may successfully access the first primary and secondary cell before successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, or after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, or the terminal device may delete/release the first primary and secondary cell when successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell. Main cell.
  • the terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, and uses the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell. Refer to the terminal device’s deletion/release of the first primary cell in step 5033b and the target cell as the second primary cell. The process will not be repeated here.
  • the network device corresponding to the second primary cell of the terminal device sends an instruction to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the network device corresponding to the second primary cell can send a third message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the third message, the first primary network device disconnects from The connection of the terminal device no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal device.
  • the relevant description of the third message, the process of sending the third message by the network device corresponding to the second primary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the third message can refer to the description in step 5033b, which will not be repeated here. .
  • the terminal device after determining the target primary and secondary cell (i.e., the first primary and secondary cell) before accessing the target primary and secondary cell, in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device will determine the first primary and secondary cell.
  • a primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell to be added continue to access, or use the first primary and secondary cell or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion as the RRC reestablishment cell, and proceed on the first primary and secondary cell RRC re-establishment procedure, or use the first primary and secondary cell as the new primary cell.
  • the source PCell i.e., the first primary cell
  • at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly Access the network equipment corresponding to the target cell to transmit service data, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the method shown in FIG. 5 is the communication method provided by this application in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell before the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the method shown in FIG. Before the secondary cell the communication method in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell will be described.
  • the following describes the communication system shown in Figure 3 and the method shown in Figure 7 as an example to determine the target primary and secondary cell for the terminal device and access the target After the primary and secondary cells, the communication method in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell is described:
  • Fig. 7 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 7, the method includes:
  • Step 701 The terminal device receives CPA information from the first main network device.
  • step 701 can refer to the description of step 501, and will not be repeated.
  • Step 702 According to the CPA information, the terminal device determines a target primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, and successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell.
  • step 702 can refer to the prior art and will not be repeated.
  • Step 703 The terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, and the terminal device executes step 704 or step 705. Specifically, which step of step 704 or step 705 is performed by the terminal device may be pre-configured or stipulated by the protocol, or the network device may instruct the terminal device which step to perform, which is not limited.
  • step 502 For the process of the terminal device detecting that the RLF occurs in the first primary cell, reference may be made to step 502, which will not be repeated.
  • Step 704 The terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, and determines the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell.
  • the network device corresponding to the second primary cell of the terminal device sends an instruction to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  • the network device corresponding to the second primary cell can send a third message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the third message, the first primary network device disconnects from The connection of the terminal device no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal device.
  • the relevant description of the third message, the process of sending the third message by the network device corresponding to the second primary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the third message can refer to the description in step 5033b, which will not be repeated here. .
  • Step 705 The terminal device receives the configuration information configured by the first primary network device through the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  • step 705 can refer to the process in step 5032b in which the terminal device obtains the configuration information provided by the first primary network device for reconfiguring the primary cell through the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell. For example, the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary cell. After a primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell indication information for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell. After receiving the instruction information, the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell can send a second message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the second message, the first primary network device disconnects from the terminal device. The connection, no longer provides network services for the terminal equipment, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal equipment.
  • the first primary network device reconfigures the new primary cell, and sends configuration information to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information can be used to reconfigure the primary cell;
  • the network device corresponding to the primary and secondary cell sends the configuration information to the terminal device;
  • the terminal device attempts to change the primary cell from the first primary cell to the configuration information based on the configuration information The new primary cell indicated in.
  • the instruction information and the related description of the second message the first primary network device configures the new primary cell, and the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell (that is, the target primary and secondary cell) sends the second message to the first primary network device
  • the procedure and the processing procedure after the first primary network device receives the second message, and the procedure for the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell (that is, the target primary and secondary cell) to send the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell to the terminal device please refer to The description in step 5032b will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device can obtain the new primary and secondary network equipment reconfigured by the first primary and secondary cell in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell after successfully accessing the target primary and secondary cell. Cell, or the first primary and secondary cell as the new primary cell. Since in the candidate PSCell adding preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e. the first primary cell) and at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly Access the network equipment corresponding to the target cell to transmit service data, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • each node such as a network device and a terminal device, includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the method of the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide network devices and terminal devices into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 8 shows a structural diagram of a communication device 80.
  • the communication device 80 may be a terminal device, a chip in a terminal device, a system on a chip, or other devices that can implement the functions of the terminal device in the above method.
  • the communication device 80 It can be used to perform the functions of the terminal device involved in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 includes: a receiving unit 801 and a processing unit 802;
  • the receiving unit 801 is configured to receive, from the first primary network device, CPA information indicating the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the receiving unit 801 may support the communication device 80 to perform step 501.
  • the processing unit 802 is configured to detect the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell before determining the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions according to the CPA information, determine the target cell from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and add the target cell as the target For the primary and secondary cells, either perform a radio resource control RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell.
  • the processing unit 802 may support the communication device 80 to perform step 502, step 5031a, step 5032a, step 5031b, step 5032b, step 5033b, step 5034b, step 5031c, step 5032c, step 5033c, and so on.
  • the communication device 80 is used to perform the functions of the terminal device in the communication method shown in the method shown in FIG. 5, and therefore can achieve the same effect as the above-mentioned communication method.
  • the processing unit 802 is configured to receive from the first primary network device the parameter indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, from At least one candidate primary and secondary cell determines the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions. If the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary and secondary cell before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, the first primary and secondary cell will be The cell is added as a target primary and secondary cell, or the target cell is determined, and the RRC re-establishment process is performed on the target cell, or the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary and secondary cell is used as the second primary cell.
  • the processing unit 802 may support the communication device 80 to perform step 602, step 603, step 604, and step 605.
  • the communication device 80 is used to perform the functions of the terminal device in the communication method shown in the method shown in FIG. 6, and therefore can achieve the same effect as the above-mentioned communication method.
  • the processing unit 802 is configured to receive from the first primary network device the parameter indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, from At least one candidate primary and secondary cell determines the first primary and secondary cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition conditions. If RLF is detected in the first primary and secondary cell after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, the first primary cell is deleted and the primary secondary cell is deleted. The first primary and secondary cell is determined to be the second primary cell; or, the configuration information configured by the first primary network device is received through a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  • the processing unit 802 may support the communication device 80 to perform step 702, step 703, step 704, and step 705.
  • the communication device 80 is used to perform the function of the terminal device in the communication method shown in the method shown in FIG. 7, and therefore can achieve the same effect as the above-mentioned communication method.
  • the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 includes: a processing module and a communication module.
  • the processing module is used to control and manage the actions of the communication device 80.
  • the processing module can integrate the functions of the processing unit 802 and can be used to support the communication device 80 to perform steps 502, 5031a, 5032a, 5031b, 5032b, Step 5033b, step 5034b, step 5031c, step 5032c, step 5033c, step 602, step 603, step 604, step 605, step 702, step 703, step 704, step 705 and other processes of the technology described herein.
  • the communication module can integrate the functions of the receiving unit 801, and can be used to support the communication device 80 to perform step 501 and communicate with other network entities, such as the communication with the functional module or network entities shown in FIG. 3.
  • the communication device 80 may also include a storage module for storing instructions and/or data. When the instruction is executed by the processing module, the processing module implements the method executed by the above terminal device.
  • the processing module may be a processor, a controller, a module, or a circuit. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the communication module may be a transceiver circuit, a pin, an interface circuit, a bus interface, or a communication interface.
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the processing module is a processor
  • the communication module is a communication interface
  • the storage module is a memory
  • the communication device 80 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 4.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, and may implement or Perform the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (random-access memory, RAM).
  • the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing instructions and/or data.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system may include: a terminal device 90 and multiple network devices 91.
  • the terminal device 90 may be a terminal device that supports DC.
  • the network device 91 may include a main network device connected to the terminal device 90 and an auxiliary network device to be added.
  • the terminal device 90 may have the function of the above-mentioned communication device 80, which will not be repeated here.
  • terminal device 90 refers to the execution process of the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments of FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware.
  • the program may be stored in the foregoing computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it may include processes as in the foregoing method embodiments. .
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be the terminal device of any of the foregoing embodiments, such as an internal storage unit including a data sending end and/or a data receiving end, such as a hard disk or memory of the terminal device.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may also be an external storage device of the terminal device, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart media card (SMC), or a secure digital (SD) card equipped on the terminal device.
  • SMC smart media card
  • SD secure digital
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the aforementioned terminal device and an external storage device.
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium is used to store the aforementioned computer program and other programs and data required by the aforementioned terminal device.
  • the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or will be output.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer instruction. All or part of the procedures in the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as computers, processors, network devices, and terminals).
  • the program can be stored in the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium.
  • At least one (item) refers to one or more
  • “multiple” refers to two or more than two
  • “at least two (item)” refers to two or three And three or more
  • “and/or” is used to describe the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, "A and/or B” can mean: only A, only B, and A at the same time And B three cases, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • At least one item (a) refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one (a) of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c" ", where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • connection means that B is associated with A.
  • B can be determined from A.
  • determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
  • connection appearing in the embodiments of the present application refers to various connection modes such as direct connection or indirect connection to implement communication between devices, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • transmit/transmission in the embodiments of the present application refers to two-way transmission, including sending and/or receiving actions.
  • the “transmission” in the embodiments of the present application includes the sending of data, the receiving of data, or the sending of data and the receiving of data.
  • the data transmission here includes uplink and/or downlink data transmission.
  • Data may include channels and/or signals.
  • Uplink data transmission means uplink channel and/or uplink signal transmission
  • downlink data transmission means downlink channel and/or downlink signal transmission.
  • the "network” and “system” appearing in the embodiments of the present application express the same concept, and the communication system is the communication network.
  • the disclosed device and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate, and the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to enable a device, such as a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc., or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Abstract

Disclosed are a communication method and apparatus, which solve the problem of service interruptions caused by an RLF of a first primary cell when a PSCell is added for a terminal device. The method comprises: before a cell that meets a primary secondary cell addition condition is determined according to CPA information, or before the cell that meets the primary secondary cell addition condition is not successfully accessed after the cell that meets the primary secondary cell addition condition is determined, if an RLF of a first primary cell is detected, determining a target cell, and adding the target cell as a target primary secondary cell, or, performing an RRC reestablishment process on the target cell, or deleting/releasing the first primary cell, and then taking the target cell as a second primary cell, wherein the target cell may be the cell that meets the primary secondary cell addition condition, or a cell selected by a terminal device according to an S criterion or other selection conditions. The solution of the present application can be widely applied to the technical field of communications, as well as fields such as artificial intelligence, the Internet of Vehicles and smart home networking.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device
本申请要求于2020年05月27日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010463691.4、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office, the application number is 202010463691.4, and the application name is "Communication Method and Device" on May 27, 2020, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前,为提高添加辅节点(Secondary node,SN)/主辅小区(Primary Secondary Cell,PSCell)的可靠性,提出了一种有条件的主辅小区添加(conditional PSCell addition,CPA)流程。例如,主节点(master node,MN)通过一条或多条无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息,向终端设备发送多个候选PSCell的CPA信息。其中,对于每个候选PSCell,CPA信息可以包括PSCell添加条件(也可称为SN添加条件)信息和配置信息。其中,PSCell添加条件信息可以包括PSCell添加执行事件以及该事件对应的阈值。然后,终端设备将满足上述添加条件信息的候选PSCell作为待接入的PSCell(或目标PSCell),接入该PSCell,提高添加PSCell或添加SN的成功率。At present, in order to improve the reliability of adding a secondary node (Secondary node, SN)/primary and secondary cell (Primary Secondary Cell, PSCell), a conditional PSCell addition (CPA) process is proposed. For example, the master node (master node, MN) sends CPA information of multiple candidate PSCells to the terminal device through one or more radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) messages. Among them, for each candidate PSCell, the CPA information may include PSCell addition condition (also referred to as SN addition condition) information and configuration information. The PSCell addition condition information may include the PSCell addition execution event and the threshold corresponding to the event. Then, the terminal device uses the candidate PSCell that meets the above adding condition information as the PSCell (or target PSCell) to be accessed, and accesses the PSCell to improve the success rate of adding the PSCell or adding the SN.
然而,在终端设备判断候选PSCell是否满足PSCell添加条件的过程中,若终端设备检测到MN上的主小区(Primary Cell,PCell)或主小区组(master cell group,MCG)发生无线链路失败(radio link failure,RLF),则终端设备会执行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)重建立(RRC reestablishment)流程,从而导致终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断。However, when the terminal device determines whether the candidate PSCell meets the PSCell addition conditions, if the terminal device detects that the primary cell (Primary Cell, PCell) or primary cell group (master cell group, MCG) on the MN has a radio link failure ( radio link failure (RLF), the terminal device will perform a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) re-establishment (RRC reestablishment) process, which will cause service interruption between the terminal device and the network device.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及系统,以解决终端设备执行PSCell添加过程时,主小区发生RLF导致业务中断的问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and system to solve the problem of service interruption caused by RLF in the primary cell when the terminal device performs the PSCell adding process.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of the present application:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备、芯片或者其它装置执行,以该方法由终端设备执行为例,该方法可以包括:终端设备接收第一主网络设备配置的条件主辅小区添加(conditional PSCell addition,CPA)信息,所述CPA信息指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息,根据CPA信息确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区前,终端设备检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生无线链路失败无线链路失败(radio link failure,RLF),从至少一个候选主辅小区中,确定目标小区,将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区。In the first aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which may be executed by a terminal device, a chip, or other devices. Taking the method executed by a terminal device as an example, the method may include: the terminal device receives the first main network device The configured conditional PSCell addition (CPA) information, the CPA information indicates the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and it is determined according to the CPA information to satisfy Before the primary and secondary cells add the conditional cell, the terminal device detects that the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device has a radio link failure (radio link failure, RLF), from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, Determine the target cell, add the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell, or perform an RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell.
基于第一方面所述的方法,在终端设备确定待添加的目标主辅小区前,若第一主 小区发生RLF,则终端设备从候选的主辅小区中选择进行重建立的小区,向选择出的小区发起RRC重建立流程。由于在候选PSCell添加准备阶段,源PCell和候选PSCell之间已经进行了终端设备的上下文信息交互、且进行了终端设备的业务数据转发,因此,终端设备可以快速与选择出的小区进行重建,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。或者,在终端设备确定待添加的目标PSCell前,若第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备从候选的PSCell中选择出满足某一条件的小区作为新的主小区,接入该主小区,由于从候选PSCell中选择出的可作为新的主小区的PSCell信号质量较优,且在候选SN添加准备阶段,候选PSCell已经获取到终端设备上下文,因此,终端设备可以快速接入到该新的主小区,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。或者,在终端设备确定待添加的目标PSCell前,若第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备从候选PSCell中选择满足PSCell添加条件的目标PSCell作为待添加的主辅小区,由于候选PSCell中满足PSCell添加条件的小区的信号质量较优,且在候选SN添加准备阶段,候选PSCell已经获取到终端设备上下文,因此,终端设备可以快速接入到该满足PSCell添加条件的小区,由该小区为终端设备提供业务服务,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。Based on the method described in the first aspect, before the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell to be added, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects a cell for re-establishment from the candidate primary and secondary cells, and then selects The cell initiates the RRC re-establishment process. In the candidate PSCell addition preparation phase, the source PCell and the candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly rebuild with the selected cell, reducing The service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment ensures the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment. Or, before the terminal device determines the target PSCell to be added, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects a cell that meets a certain condition from the candidate PSCells as the new primary cell, and accesses the primary cell. The PSCell selected from the candidate PSCells that can be used as the new primary cell has better signal quality, and during the candidate SN addition preparation stage, the candidate PSCell has already acquired the terminal device context. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly access the new primary cell. The cell reduces the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensures the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment. Or, before the terminal device determines the target PSCell to be added, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects the target PSCell that meets the PSCell addition conditions from the candidate PSCells as the primary and secondary cells to be added, because the candidate PSCells meet the PSCell The signal quality of the cell with the added condition is better, and the candidate PSCell has already obtained the terminal device context during the candidate SN adding preparation stage. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly access the cell that meets the PSCell adding condition, and the cell is the terminal device Provide business services, reduce business interruption time between terminal equipment and network equipment, and ensure business transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备确定目标小区,包括:终端设备将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区。In a possible design, the terminal device determining the target cell includes: the terminal device uses a cell satisfying the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cells as the target cell.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以根据S准则从候选主辅小区中选择目标小区,因S准则为小区选择准则,或者说为用于选择RRC重建立小区的准则,则终端设备选择出的目标小区质量较好,由于选出的目标小区属于候选主辅小区,而候选主辅小区有终端设备的上下文信息,因此,终端设备可以快速与选择出的目标小区进行重建,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can select the target cell from candidate primary and secondary cells according to the S criterion. Since the S criterion is the cell selection criterion, or the criterion for selecting the RRC re-establishment cell, the target cell selected by the terminal device The cell quality is better. Because the selected target cell belongs to the candidate primary and secondary cell, and the candidate primary and secondary cell has the context information of the terminal device, the terminal device can quickly rebuild with the selected target cell, reducing the number of terminal equipment and network equipment The service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment ensures the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备确定目标小区,包括:终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足第一选择条件的小区;若至少一个候选主辅小区中存在满足第一选择条件的小区,则终端设备将满足第一选择条件的小区作为目标小区,第一选择条件为主辅小区添加条件或者为信号质量大于第一阈值。In a possible design, the terminal device determining the target cell includes: the terminal device determines whether there is a cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell; if there is a cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell Cell, the terminal device uses a cell that meets the first selection condition as the target cell, and the first selection condition adds a condition to the primary and secondary cells or is that the signal quality is greater than the first threshold.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以将候选PSCell中满足主辅小区添加条件或者信号质量大于第一阈值的小区作为目标小区,即从候选PSCell中选择信号质量较优的PSCell作为目标小区,使得终端设备可以快速接入到信号质量较优秀的目标小区,由该小区为终端设备提供比较高质量的业务服务,保证业务传输的连续性以及传输质量不受影响。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can select the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions or whose signal quality is greater than the first threshold among the candidate PSCells as the target cell, that is, select the PSCell with better signal quality from the candidate PSCells as the target cell, so that the terminal The device can quickly access the target cell with better signal quality, and the cell provides relatively high-quality business services for the terminal equipment to ensure the continuity of business transmission and the unaffected transmission quality.
一种可能的设计中,若至少一个候选主辅小区中不存在满足第一选择条件的小区,终端设备确定目标小区,包括:将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区。In a possible design, if there is no cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells, the terminal device determining the target cell includes: taking a cell that meets the S criterion among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells as the target cell.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以在候选PSCell中不存在满足第一选择条件的小区时,根据S准则从候选主辅小区中选择目标小区,即终端设备可以根据用于选择 RRC重建立小区的S准则选择目标小区,因S准则为小区选择准则,或者说为用于选择RRC重建立小区的准则,则终端设备选择出的目标小区质量较好,由于选出的目标小区属于候选主辅小区,而候选主辅小区有终端设备的上下文信息,因此,终端设备可以快速与选择出的目标小区进行重建,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can select the target cell from the candidate primary and secondary cells according to the S criterion when there is no cell that meets the first selection condition among the candidate PSCells. That is, the terminal device can select the target cell from the candidate primary and secondary cells according to the method used to select RRC to re-establish the cell. The S criterion selects the target cell. Because the S criterion is the cell selection criterion, or the criterion for selecting the RRC re-establishment cell, the quality of the target cell selected by the terminal device is better, because the selected target cell is a candidate primary and secondary cell , And the candidate primary and secondary cells have the context information of the terminal equipment. Therefore, the terminal equipment can quickly rebuild with the selected target cell, reducing the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensuring the communication between the terminal equipment and the network equipment. Business transmission.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备确定目标小区,包括:在定时器的有效期内,判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,若至少一个候选主辅小区中存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,则将满足主辅小区添加条件的小区作为目标小区。In a possible design, the terminal device determining the target cell includes: within the valid period of the timer, judging whether there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition in at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and if there is at least one candidate primary and secondary cell The cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions will be the target cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以在有效期内/一定时间内从候选PSCell中选择满足PSCell添加条件的小区作为目标小区,保证选择出的信号质量较优的目标小区的时效性,使得终端设备可以在某个时间段内快速选择并接入到目标小区,由该小区为终端设备提供业务服务,保证业务传输的连续性。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can select a cell that meets the PSCell addition conditions from the candidate PSCells as the target cell within the validity period/a certain period of time, ensuring the timeliness of the selected target cell with better signal quality, so that the terminal device can In a certain period of time, the target cell is quickly selected and accessed, and the cell provides business services for the terminal equipment to ensure the continuity of business transmission.
一种可能的设计中,若在定时器的有效期内未判断出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,或者定时器超时,则终端设备确定目标小区,包括:将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足第二选择条件的小区作为目标小区,第二选择条件为S准则或者为信号质量大于第二阈值。In a possible design, if the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions is not determined within the validity period of the timer, or the timer expires, the terminal device determines the target cell, including: The second selection condition is the cell as the target cell, and the second selection condition is the S criterion or the signal quality is greater than the second threshold.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以在有效期内/一定时间内选择不出目标小区时,将候选PSCell中满足S准则的或者信号质量大于第二阈值的小区作为目标小区,即将候选PSCell中信号质量较优的PSCell作为目标小区,使得终端设备接入到信号质量较优秀的目标小区,由该小区为终端设备提供比较高质量的业务服务,保证业务传输的连续性以及传输质量不受影响。Based on this possible design, when the terminal device cannot select the target cell within the validity period/a certain period of time, the cell that meets the S criterion or whose signal quality is greater than the second threshold among the candidate PSCells is used as the target cell, that is, the signal quality in the candidate PSCell The better PSCell is used as the target cell, so that the terminal device can access the target cell with better signal quality, and the cell provides relatively high-quality service for the terminal device, ensuring the continuity of service transmission and the unaffected transmission quality.
一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:终端设备向目标小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target cell indication information for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以通过选择出的目标小区向源PCell:第一主小区对应的第一主网络设备发送指示信息,指示第一主小区发生RLF,以便第一主网络设备根据该指示信息获知第一主小区发生RLF。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can send indication information to the source PCell: the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell through the selected target cell, indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, so that the first primary network device can follow this The indication information learns that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
一种可能的设计中,当终端设备将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区时,所述方法还包括:终端设备接收来自目标小区对应的网络设备的用于重配主小区的配置信息,配置信息由第一主网络设备配置。In a possible design, when the terminal device adds the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell, the method further includes: the terminal device receives configuration information for reconfiguring the primary cell from the network device corresponding to the target cell, and the configuration information Configured by the first main network device.
基于该可能的设计,可以由源PCell对应的主网络设备为终端设备配置新的主小区,终端设备将主小区由第一主小区变更为该新的主小区,解决由于第一主小区发生RLF导致的终端设备与第一主小区无法通信的问题。Based on this possible design, the primary network device corresponding to the source PCell can configure a new primary cell for the terminal device, and the terminal device changes the primary cell from the first primary cell to the new primary cell to solve the problem of RLF in the first primary cell. The resulting problem is that the terminal device cannot communicate with the first primary cell.
第二方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统,还可以为终端中用于实现本申请实施例所述的通信方法的模块或者单元。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第一方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也 可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括:接收单元、处理单元;In a second aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal, and may also be a module or unit in the terminal for implementing the communication method described in the embodiments of the present application. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. In one design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software. . In one design, the communication device may include: a receiving unit and a processing unit;
接收单元,用于从第一主网络设备接收指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息;The receiving unit is configured to receive, from the first primary network device, CPA information indicating the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell;
处理单元,用于在根据CPA信息确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区前,检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,从至少一个候选主辅小区中,确定目标小区,将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者在目标小区上进行无线资源控制RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区。The processing unit is configured to detect RLF in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device before determining the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions according to the CPA information, and determine the target cell from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, Add the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell, or perform a radio resource control RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的设计提供的通信方法中终端的行为功能,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第一方面或者第一方面的任一可能的设计相同的有益效果。For the specific implementation of the communication device, reference may be made to the behavior and function of the terminal in the communication method provided in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现。一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器用于通过通信接口从第一主网络设备接收指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,在根据CPA信息确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区前,检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,从至少一个候选主辅小区中,确定目标小区,将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者在目标小区上进行无线资源控制RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区。在又一种可能的设计中,通信装置还可以包括存储器,存储器用于保存计算机指令和/或数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机指令,以使该通信装置执行上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。在本申请实施例中,通信接口可以是收发器、接口电路、总线接口、管脚或其它能够实现收发功能的装置。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware. In a possible design, the communication device may include a processor and a communication interface, and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the first aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the first aspect, for example : The processor is configured to receive from the first primary network device via the communication interface the CPA information indicating the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and determine that the primary and secondary cells are satisfied according to the CPA information. Before adding the conditional cell to the cell, RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the target cell is determined from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and the target cell is added as the target primary and secondary cell, or in the target cell Perform the radio resource control RRC re-establishment process on the above, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell. In another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store computer instructions and/or data. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the first aspect or any one of the possible designs of the first aspect. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication interface may be a transceiver, an interface circuit, a bus interface, a pin, or other device capable of implementing the transceiver function.
第四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或者上述方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a fourth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the first aspect or any possible design of the foregoing aspects. The communication method.
第五方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品可以包括程序指令,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或者上述方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product may include program instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute the first aspect or any one of the foregoing aspects. The communication method described in the design.
第六方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器以及通信接口,该芯片系统可以用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,例如处理器用于通过通信接口从第一主网络设备接收指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,在根据CPA信息确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区前,检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,从至少一个候选主辅小区中,确定目标小区,将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者在目标小区上进行无线资源控制RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所 述存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据,当该芯片系统运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该程序指令,以使该芯片系统执行上述第七方面或者第七方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,不予限制。In a sixth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and a communication interface. The chip system can be used to implement the functions performed by the terminal in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, such as The processor is configured to receive from the first primary network device via the communication interface parameters indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and determine that the primary and secondary cells are satisfied according to the CPA information Before adding the conditional cell, RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the target cell is determined from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and the target cell is added as the target primary and secondary cell, or on the target cell Perform the radio resource control RRC re-establishment process, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. When the chip system is running, the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory to The chip system is made to execute the communication method described in the seventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the seventh aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices, without limitation.
第七方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,该通信方法可以由终端设备、芯片或者其它装置执行,以该方法由终端设备执行,该方法可以包括:终端设备根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,在终端设备成功接入第一主辅小区前,若终端设备检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备将第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者,确定目标小区,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区。In a seventh aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication method. The communication method may be executed by a terminal device, a chip or other device, and the method may be executed by a terminal device. The method may include: The device receives the parameters indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and determines the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. In the secondary cell, before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, if the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the terminal device will add the first primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell , Or, determine the target cell, perform the RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell.
基于第七方面所述的方法,在终端设备成功接入确定出的目标主辅小区:第一主辅小区前,若第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备从候选的PSCell中选择出RRC重建立的小区,向选择出的目标小区发起RRC重建立流程。由于在候选PSCell添加准备阶段,源PCell和候选PSCell之间已经进行了终端设备的上下文信息交互、且进行了终端设备的业务数据转发,因此,终端设备可以快速与选择出的目标小区进行重建,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。或者,在终端设备成功接入确定出的目标主辅小区:第一主辅小区前,若第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备将第一主辅小区作为新的主小区,接入第一主辅小区,由于从候选PSCell中选择出的第一主辅小区信号质量较优,且在候选SN添加准备阶段,候选PSCell已经获取到终端设备上下文,因此,终端设备可以快速接入到第一主辅小区,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。或者,在终端设备成功接入确定出的目标主辅小区:第一主辅小区前,若第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备将第一主辅小区作为目标PSCell,由于候选PSCell中满足PSCell添加条件的第一主辅小区的信号质量较优,且在候选SN添加准备阶段,候选PSCell已经获取到终端设备上下文,因此,终端设备可以快速接入到满足PSCell添加条件的第一主辅小区,由第一主辅小区为终端设备提供业务服务,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。Based on the method described in the seventh aspect, before the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if an RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects the RRC replay from the candidate PSCells. The established cell initiates an RRC re-establishment procedure to the selected target cell. In the candidate PSCell addition preparation stage, the source PCell and the candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly rebuild with the selected target cell. Reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment. Or, before the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device uses the first primary and secondary cell as the new primary cell and accesses the first primary and secondary cell. Primary and secondary cells, because the first primary and secondary cells selected from the candidate PSCells have better signal quality, and the candidate PSCell has already acquired the terminal device context during the candidate SN addition preparation stage, therefore, the terminal device can quickly access the first Primary and secondary cells reduce the service interruption time between terminal equipment and network equipment, and ensure service transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment. Or, before the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device will use the first primary and secondary cell as the target PSCell, because the candidate PSCell meets the PSCell The signal quality of the first primary and secondary cell to which the condition is added is better, and the candidate PSCell has already obtained the terminal device context during the candidate SN adding preparation stage, so the terminal device can quickly access the first primary and secondary cell that meets the PSCell adding condition , The first primary and secondary cell provides business services for the terminal equipment, reducing the business interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensuring the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备确定目标小区,包括:终端设备继续接入第一主辅小区,将第一主辅小区作为目标小区;或者,终端设备停止接入第一主辅小区,将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区。In a possible design, the terminal device determines the target cell, including: the terminal device continues to access the first primary and secondary cell, and uses the first primary and secondary cell as the target cell; or, the terminal device stops accessing the first primary and secondary cell and sets At least one candidate primary and secondary cell satisfies the S criterion as the target cell.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以将满足PSCell添加条件的第一主辅小区作为RRC重建立小区或者从候选主辅小区中选择满足S准则的小区的作为RRC重建立小区的S准则选择目标小区,且选择出的RRC重建立小区的信号质量较优,使得终端设备接入到信号质量较好的目标小区,由该小区为终端设备提供比较高质量的业务服务,保证业务传输的连续性以及传输质量不受影响。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can use the first primary and secondary cell that meets the PSCell addition condition as the RRC re-establishment cell or select a cell that meets the S criterion from the candidate primary and secondary cells as the S criterion selection target cell of the RRC re-establishment cell , And the signal quality of the selected RRC re-established cell is better, so that the terminal device can access the target cell with better signal quality, and the cell provides relatively high-quality business services for the terminal device to ensure the continuity of business transmission and The transmission quality is not affected.
一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:终端设备发送指示信息,指示信息用于指 示第一主小区发生RLF。In a possible design, the method further includes: the terminal device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以通过选择出的目标小区向源PCell:第一主小区对应的第一主网络设备发送指示信息,指示第一主小区发生RLF,以便第一主网络设备根据该指示信息获知终端设备会发生主小区切换。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can send indication information to the source PCell: the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell through the selected target cell, indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, so that the first primary network device can follow this The indication information knows that the terminal device will switch to the primary cell.
一种可能的设计中,当终端设备将第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区时,所述方法还包括:终端设备接收来自第一主辅小区对应的网络设备的配置信息,配置信息由第一主网络设备配置,配置信息用于重配主小区。In a possible design, when the terminal device adds the first primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell, the method further includes: the terminal device receives configuration information from the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is determined by The first primary network device is configured, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
基于该可能的设计,可以由源PCell对应的主网络设备为终端设备配置新的主小区,无需终端设备通过与网络设备的信令交互选择新的主小区,降低终端设备选择新的主小区带来的功率消耗和信令交互。Based on this possible design, the primary network device corresponding to the source PCell can configure a new primary cell for the terminal device. There is no need for the terminal device to select a new primary cell through the signaling interaction with the network device, which reduces the terminal device’s choice of a new primary cell. Incoming power consumption and signaling interaction.
第八方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统,还可以为终端设备中用于实现本申请实施例所述的通信方法的模块或者单元。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第七方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理单元。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device, and may also be a module or module used in the terminal device to implement the communication method described in the embodiments of the present application. unit. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. In one design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the seventh aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software. . In one design, the communication device may include: a processing unit.
处理单元,用于根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区;The processing unit is configured to determine from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell Out the first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells;
处理单元,还用于在终端设备成功接入第一主辅小区前,检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,将第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者,确定目标小区,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区。The processing unit is further configured to detect that RLF occurs in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, and add the first primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell, or, Determine the target cell, perform the RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第七方面或第七方面的任一可能的设计提供的通信方法中终端设备的行为功能,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第七方面或者第七方面的任一可能的设计相同的有益效果。For the specific implementation of the communication device, reference may be made to the behavior and function of the terminal device in the communication method provided in the seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect, which is not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现。一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第七方面或者第七方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器用于根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,在终端设备成功接入第一主辅小区前,若检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,将第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者,确定目标小区,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区。在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,存储器用于保存计 算机指令和/或数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机指令,以使该通信装置执行上述第七方面或者第七方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware. In a possible design, the communication device may include a processor and a communication interface, and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the seventh aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the seventh aspect, for example : The processor is configured to determine from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell The first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary and secondary cell is added It is the target primary and secondary cell, or the target cell is determined, and the RRC re-establishment procedure is performed on the target cell, or the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary and secondary cell is used as the second primary cell. In another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store computer instructions and/or data. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the seventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the seventh aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第七方面或者上述方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the seventh aspect or any possible design of the foregoing aspects The communication method.
第十一方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品可以包括程序指令,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第七方面或者上述方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product may include program instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute the seventh aspect or any of the foregoing aspects. Possible design of the communication method described.
第十二方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器以及通信接口,该芯片系统可以用于实现上述第七方面或第七方面的任一可能的设计中终端设备所执行的功能,例如处理器用于根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,在终端设备成功接入第一主辅小区前,若检测到在第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,将第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者,确定目标小区,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存程序指令和/或数据,当该芯片系统运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该程序指令,以使该芯片系统执行上述第七方面或者第七方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,不予限制。In a twelfth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and a communication interface. The chip system can be used to implement the functions performed by the terminal device in the seventh aspect or any possible design of the seventh aspect. For example, the processor is configured to determine from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell The first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells is generated. Before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary and secondary cell will be The cell is added as a target primary and secondary cell, or the target cell is determined, and the RRC re-establishment process is performed on the target cell, or the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary and secondary cell is used as the second primary cell. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. When the chip system is running, the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory to The chip system is made to execute the communication method described in the seventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the seventh aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices, without limitation.
第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,所述方法可以由终端设备、芯片或者其他装置执行,以该方法由终端设备执行为例,所述方法包括:终端设备根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,若在成功接入第一主辅小区后,终端设备检测到第一主小区发生RLF,终端设备删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区确定为第二主小区;或者,终端设备通过第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收第一主网络设备配置的配置信息,该配置信息用于重配主小区。In the thirteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication method. The method can be executed by a terminal device, a chip or another device. Taking the method executed by the terminal device as an example, the method includes: A primary network device receives the parameters indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, and determines from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions The first primary and secondary cell, if the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, the terminal device deletes the first primary cell and determines the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell; Alternatively, the terminal device receives the configuration information configured by the first primary network device through the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
基于第十三方面所述的方法,在终端设备成功接入确定出的目标主辅小区:第一主辅小区后,若第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备将第一主辅小区作为新的主小区,接入第一主辅小区,由于从候选PSCell中选择出的第一主辅小区信号质量较优,且在候选SN添加准备阶段,候选PSCell已经获取到终端设备上下文,因此,终端设备可以快速接入到第一主辅小区,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。或者,在终端设备成功接入确定出的目标主辅小区:第一主辅小区后,若第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备通过第一主辅小区获取重配主小区的相关信息,由于候选PSCell中满足PSCell添加条件的第一主辅小区的信号质量较优,因此,终端设备可以通过第一主辅小区快速获取到重配主小区的相关信息,在第一主辅小区为终端设备提供业务服务,快速接入新的主小区,减少终端设 备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。Based on the method described in the thirteenth aspect, after the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device regards the first primary and secondary cell as the new The primary cell is connected to the first primary and secondary cell. Since the signal quality of the first primary and secondary cell selected from the candidate PSCells is better, and the candidate PSCell has already acquired the terminal device context during the preparation phase for adding the candidate SN, the terminal The device can quickly access the first primary and secondary cell, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal device and the network device, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal device and the network device. Or, after the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device obtains the relevant information about the reconfiguration of the primary cell through the first primary and secondary cell. Among the candidate PSCells, the signal quality of the first primary and secondary cell that meets the PSCell addition conditions is better. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly obtain the relevant information about the reconfiguration of the primary cell through the first primary and secondary cell, and the first primary and secondary cell is the terminal device Provide business services, quickly access the new main cell, reduce the business interruption time between terminal equipment and network equipment, and ensure business transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:终端设备向第一主辅小区对应的网络设备发送指示信息,指示信息用于指示第一主小区发生RLF。In a possible design, the method further includes: the terminal device sends indication information to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, where the indication information is used to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
基于该可能的设计,终端设备可以通过选择出的第一主辅小区向源PCell:第一主小区对应的第一主网络设备发送指示信息,指示第一主小区发生RLF,以便第一主网络设备根据该指示信息获知终端设备会发生主小区切换。Based on this possible design, the terminal device can send indication information to the source PCell through the selected first primary and secondary cell: the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell to instruct the first primary cell to generate RLF so that the first primary network The device learns that the primary cell handover of the terminal device will occur according to the instruction information.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统,还可以为终端设备中用于实现本申请实施例所述的通信方法的模块或者单元。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第十三方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,如:该通信装置可以包括:处理单元。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device, and may also be a module in the terminal device for implementing the communication method described in the embodiments of the present application Or unit. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. In one design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the thirteenth aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software. accomplish. In one design, for example, the communication device may include: a processing unit.
处理单元,用于根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,若在成功接入第一主辅小区后,检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区确定为第二主小区;或者,通过第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收第一主网络设备配置的配置信息,该配置信息用于重配主小区。The processing unit is configured to determine from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell If the first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells is successfully accessed, if RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary cell is deleted. A primary and secondary cell is determined to be the second primary cell; or, the configuration information configured by the first primary network device is received through a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第十三方面或第十三方面的任一可能的设计提供的通信方法中终端设备的行为功能,在此不再重复赘述。For the specific implementation of the communication device, reference may be made to the behavior and function of the terminal device in the communication method provided in the thirteenth aspect or any possible design of the thirteenth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现。一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第十三方面或者第十三方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,若在成功接入第一主辅小区后,检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区确定为第二主小区;或者,通过第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收第一主网络设备配置的配置信息,该配置信息用于重配主小区。在又一种可能的设计中,通信装置还可以包括存储器,存储器用于保存计算机指令和/或数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机指令,以使该通信装置执行上述第十三方面或者第十三方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned aspects or various possible designs, and the functions can be realized by hardware. In a possible design, the communication device may include a processor and a communication interface, and the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the thirteenth aspect or the functions involved in any possible design of the thirteenth aspect. For example, the processor determines from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell If the first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells is successfully accessed, if RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary cell is deleted. A primary and secondary cell is determined to be the second primary cell; or, the configuration information configured by the first primary network device is received through a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell. In another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store computer instructions and/or data. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the thirteenth aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第十三方面或者第十三方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the thirteenth aspect or any of the thirteenth aspects. A possible design of the communication method described.
第十七方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品可以包括程序指令,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第十三方面或者上述第十三方面的任一可能的设计所述的通信方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided. The computer program product may include program instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect. Any possible design of the aspect of the communication method.
第十八方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器以及通信接口,该芯片系统可以用于实现上述第十三方面或第十三方面的任一可能的设计中终端设备所执行的功能,例如处理器根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,若在成功接入第一主辅小区后,检测到第一主网络设备管理的第一主小区发生RLF,删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区确定为第二主小区;或者,通过第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收第一主网络设备配置的配置信息,该配置信息用于重配主小区。在一种可能的设计中,芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器用于保存程序指令和/或数据,当该芯片系统运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该程序指令,以使该芯片系统执行上述第十三方面或者第十三方面的任一种可能的设计所述的通信方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighteenth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and a communication interface. The chip system can be used to implement the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or the execution of the terminal device in any possible design of the thirteenth aspect. For example, the processor receives CPA information from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the parameter indicating the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell received from the first primary network device and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell Determine the first primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells. If, after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, RLF is detected in the first primary cell managed by the first primary network device, the first primary cell will be deleted. The first primary and secondary cell is determined to be the second primary cell; or, the configuration information configured by the first primary network device is received through a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and/or data. When the chip system is running, the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory to make the chip The system executes the communication method described in the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or any one of the possible designs of the thirteenth aspect. The chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
第十九方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括如第二方面至第六方面的任一方面所述的通信装置以及网络设备;或者,包括如第八方面至第十二方面的任一方面所述的通信装置以及网络设备;或者,包括如第十四方面至第第十八方面的任一方面所述的通信装置以及网络设备。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, the communication system includes the communication device and network equipment according to any one of the second aspect to the sixth aspect; or, includes the communication device as described in the eighth aspect to the sixth aspect; The communication device and network equipment according to any aspect of the twelfth aspect; or, including the communication device and network equipment according to any one of the fourteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1a为EN-DC示意图;Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of EN-DC;
图1b为NE-DC示意图;Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of NE-DC;
图1c为NGEN-DC示意图;Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of NGEN-DC;
图2为SN添加流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the SN adding process;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置400的组成示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 400 provided by an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置80的组成示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 80 provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的组成示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
首先,为理解本申请实施例,对本申请实施例涉及的术语进行描述:First, in order to understand the embodiments of the present application, the terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are described:
通信系统中,为了提升系统的频谱效率和用户吞吐率,引入载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)技术和双连接(dual connection,DC)技术。In the communication system, in order to improve the spectrum efficiency and user throughput of the system, carrier aggregation (CA) technology and dual connection (DC) technology are introduced.
CA,是将两个或者两个以上的成员载波(component carrier,CC)聚合在一起形成较大的传输带宽。CA是一种增加传输带宽的技术,可以提高上下行传输速率。例如,通过CA技术可以将5个20兆赫兹(MHz)的CC聚合在一起,实现最大100MHz的传输带宽。CA is to aggregate two or more component carriers (component carriers, CC) together to form a larger transmission bandwidth. CA is a technology to increase transmission bandwidth, which can increase the uplink and downlink transmission rate. For example, through CA technology, five 20 megahertz (MHz) CCs can be aggregated to achieve a maximum transmission bandwidth of 100 MHz.
其中,一个载波可以称为一个小区(Cell)。CA场景下,根据Cell上传输的业务类型的不同,可以将多个Cell可以分为主小区(Primary Cell,PCell)和多个辅小区(Secondary Cell,SCell),辅小区还可以替换描述为主辅小区(Primary Secondary Cell,PSCell)。终端设备可以在PCell上接收公共信道信息、接入网络等,可以在SCell上进行业务传输等。Among them, a carrier may be called a cell (Cell). In the CA scenario, according to the different types of services transmitted on the Cell, multiple cells can be divided into primary cells (Primary Cell, PCell) and multiple secondary cells (Secondary Cell, SCell), and the secondary cell can also be described as a primary cell instead. Secondary cell (Primary Secondary Cell, PSCell). The terminal device can receive common channel information on the PCell, access the network, etc., and can perform service transmission on the SCell.
DC,是指终端设备同时接入到两个网络设备,由两个网络设备同时为终端设备提供数据传输服务。两个网络设备可以为主(master)网络设备和辅(secondary)网络设备,主网络设备覆盖下的多个服务小区可以组成主小区组(master cell group,MCG),MCG包括一个PCell和可选的一个或多个SCell。主网络设备负责终端设备的控制面和用户面,既可以负责向终端设备发送业务数据,也可以负责向终端设备发送控制信令。辅网络设备覆盖下的多个服务小区可以组成辅小区组(secondary cell group,SCG),SCG可以包括一个PSCell和可选的一个或多个SCell。辅网络设备可以负责终端设备的用户面,向终端设备发送业务数据。可以理解的是,本申请中,网络设备可以是独立的基站(base station,BS)或演进型节点(evolved node B,eNB),也可以是集中单元(centralized unit,CU)和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)或者其它具有协议栈的设备等,不予限制。DC means that a terminal device is connected to two network devices at the same time, and the two network devices provide data transmission services for the terminal device at the same time. Two network devices can be a master network device and a secondary network device. Multiple serving cells covered by the main network device can form a master cell group (MCG). The MCG includes a PCell and optional One or more SCells. The main network device is responsible for the control plane and user plane of the terminal device, and can be responsible for sending service data to the terminal device, and can also be responsible for sending control signaling to the terminal device. Multiple serving cells covered by a secondary network device may form a secondary cell group (SCG), and the SCG may include one PSCell and optionally one or more SCells. The auxiliary network device can be responsible for the user plane of the terminal device and send service data to the terminal device. It is understandable that, in this application, the network device can be an independent base station (base station, BS) or evolved node (evolved node B, eNB), or a centralized unit (CU) and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) or other devices with protocol stacks, etc., are not restricted.
需要说明的是,本申请不限制终端设备同时接入的两个网络设备所支持的无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT),这两个网络设备所支持的RAT可以相同或不同。RAT可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)技术、新无线(new radio,NR)技术、下一代(next generation,NG)技术等,LTE技术还可以替换描述为进化的UMTS陆地无线接入(evolved-UMTS terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)技术。若支持DC的终端设备接入的两个网络设备支持的RAT不同,则该DC还可以称为多无线双连接(multiple radio dual connection,MR-DC)。此外,本申请实施例描述的DC场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,随着网络架构的演变,本申请实施例提供的技术方案同样适用于终端设备支持同时接入两个以上或者更多的网络设备的应用场景,不予限制。其中,终端设备支持同时接入两个以上或者更多的网络设备的应用场景中,两个以上或者更多的网络设备中存在一个主网络设备,两个以上或者更多的网络设备中除主网络设备之外的网络设备均可以称为辅网络设备。It should be noted that this application does not restrict the radio access technology (radio access technology, RAT) supported by the two network devices simultaneously accessed by the terminal device, and the RATs supported by the two network devices may be the same or different. RAT can include long term evolution (LTE) technology, new radio (NR) technology, next generation (NG) technology, etc., LTE technology can also be replaced by the evolutionary UMTS terrestrial wireless access ( evolved-UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) technology. If the RATs supported by the two network devices that the terminal device supporting DC access is different, the DC may also be called multiple radio dual connection (MR-DC). In addition, the DC scenario described in the embodiments of this application is to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. As the network architecture evolves, the embodiments of this application The technical solution provided is also applicable to application scenarios where the terminal device supports simultaneous access to two or more network devices, and is not limited. Among them, in the application scenario where the terminal device supports simultaneous access to two or more network devices, there is one main network device in the two or more network devices, and the main network device is excluded from the two or more network devices. Network devices other than network devices can all be referred to as auxiliary network devices.
例如,如图1a所示,终端设备支持EN-DC(E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity),终端设备同时与支持LTE技术的基站(LTE eNB)以及支持NR技术的基站(gNB)连接,LTE eNB作为主网络设备,负责终端设备的用户面和信令面,gNB作为辅网络设备,负责终端设备的用户面。如图1a中左图所示,LTE eNB连接分组核心网(evolved packet core,EPC),LTE eNB为终端设备与EPC之间的业务数据提供空口传输资源以及获取终端设备的业务数据,并通过gNB将终端设备的业务数据传输给终端设备。或者,如图1a中右图所示,LTE eNB以及gNB均连接EPC,终端设备可以通过LTE eNB以及gNB与EPC之间传输业务数据。For example, as shown in Figure 1a, the terminal device supports EN-DC (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity), and the terminal device is connected to a base station (LTE eNB) that supports LTE technology and a base station (gNB) that supports NR technology at the same time. LTE eNB As the main network device, it is responsible for the user plane and signaling plane of the terminal device, and the gNB, as the auxiliary network device, is responsible for the user plane of the terminal device. As shown in the left figure in Figure 1a, the LTE eNB is connected to the packet core network (evolved packet core, EPC). The LTE eNB provides air interface transmission resources for the service data between the terminal equipment and the EPC and obtains the service data of the terminal equipment, and passes the gNB The service data of the terminal device is transmitted to the terminal device. Or, as shown in the right figure in Figure 1a, both the LTE eNB and the gNB are connected to the EPC, and the terminal device can transmit service data between the LTE eNB and the gNB and the EPC.
例如,如图1b所示,终端设备支持NE-DC(NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity),终端设备同时与支持LTE技术的基站:ng-eNB以及支持NR技术的 基站:gNB连接,gNB作为主网络设备,负责终端设备的用户面和信令面,ng-eNB作为辅网络设备,负责终端设备的用户面。如图1b中左图所示,gNB连接第五代核心网(5 th generation core,5GC),gNB为终端设备与5GC之间的业务数据提供空口传输资源以及获取终端设备的业务数据,并通过ng-eNB将终端设备的业务数据传输给终端设备。或者,如图1b中右图所示,gNB以及ng-eNB均连接5GC,终端设备可以通过ng-eNB以及gNB与5GC之间传输业务数据。 For example, as shown in Figure 1b, the terminal device supports NE-DC (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity), and the terminal device is connected with a base station that supports LTE technology: ng-eNB and a base station that supports NR technology: gNB, with gNB as the master The network equipment is responsible for the user plane and signaling plane of the terminal equipment, and the ng-eNB, as the auxiliary network equipment, is responsible for the user plane of the terminal equipment. As shown in FIG. 1b left, the fifth-generation core network connected GNB (5 th generation core, 5GC) , gNB provide air interface resources for the transmission of data traffic between the terminal device and the service and acquiring 5GC data terminal device, and by The ng-eNB transmits the service data of the terminal equipment to the terminal equipment. Or, as shown in the right figure in Fig. 1b, both the gNB and the ng-eNB are connected to the 5GC, and the terminal device can transmit service data between the ng-eNB and the gNB and the 5GC.
又例如,如图1c所示,终端设备支持NGEN-DC(NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity),终端设备同时与支持LTE技术的基站:ng-eNB以及支持NR技术的基站:gNB连接,ng-eNB作为主网络设备,负责终端设备的用户面和信令面,gNB作为辅网络设备,负责终端设备的用户面。如图1c中左图所示,ng-eNB连接5GC,ng-eNB为终端设备与5GC之间的业务数据提供空口传输资源以及获取终端设备的业务数据,并通过gNB将终端设备的业务数据传输给终端设备。或者,如图1c中右图所示,ng-eNB以及gNB均连接5GC,终端设备可以通过ng-eNB以及gNB与5GC之间传输业务数据。For another example, as shown in Figure 1c, the terminal device supports NGEN-DC (NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity), and the terminal device is connected to a base station supporting LTE technology: ng-eNB and a base station supporting NR technology: gNB at the same time Ng-eNB is the main network device and is responsible for the user plane and signaling plane of the terminal device, and gNB is the auxiliary network device and is responsible for the user plane of the terminal device. As shown in the left figure in Figure 1c, the ng-eNB is connected to the 5GC. The ng-eNB provides air interface transmission resources for the service data between the terminal equipment and the 5GC and obtains the service data of the terminal equipment, and transmits the service data of the terminal equipment through the gNB To the terminal equipment. Or, as shown in the right figure in Fig. 1c, both the ng-eNB and the gNB are connected to the 5GC, and the terminal device can transmit service data between the ng-eNB and the gNB and the 5GC.
一种可能的设计中,可以通过SN添加流程/PSCell添加流程/SCG添加流程为支持DC的终端设备添加SN/PSCell/SCG,通过PCell以及PSCell,或者通过MCG以及SCG共同为终端设备提供网络服务,提高数据传输性能。其中,为提高PSCell添加流程的可靠性或者鲁棒性,提出有条件的主辅小区添加(conditional PSCell addition,CPA)机制。参照图2,为CPA机制的流程图,如图2所示,可以包括:In a possible design, SN/PSCell/SCG can be added to terminal devices that support DC through SN addition process/PSCell addition process/SCG addition process, and network services can be provided for terminal equipment through PCell and PSCell, or through MCG and SCG. , Improve data transmission performance. Among them, in order to improve the reliability or robustness of the PSCell addition process, a conditional PSCell addition (CPA) mechanism is proposed. Refer to Figure 2, which is a flow chart of the CPA mechanism, as shown in Figure 2, which may include:
步骤201:第一主网络设备向至少一个辅网络设备分别发起SN添加请求(addition request)消息,请求辅网络设备为终端设备的双连接分配相应的无线资源。SN添加请求消息可以包括终端设备的上下文信息、终端设备的业务数据、辅网络设备对应的用于配置候选PSCell的测量结果、辅网络设备的必要的安全信息,如:安全密钥等等。Step 201: The first primary network device respectively initiates an SN addition request (addition request) message to at least one secondary network device, requesting the secondary network device to allocate corresponding radio resources for the dual connection of the terminal device. The SN addition request message may include the context information of the terminal device, the service data of the terminal device, the measurement result of the candidate PSCell corresponding to the auxiliary network device, and the necessary security information of the auxiliary network device, such as a security key, and so on.
示例性的,为终端设备提供网络服务的第一主网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的测量报告和/或终端设备向第一主网络设备请求执行DC时,触发第一主网络设备向至少一个辅网络设备发送SN添加请求消息。Exemplarily, the first main network device that provides network services for the terminal device may trigger the first main network device to send at least one auxiliary The network device sends an SN add request message.
其中,多个辅网络设备可以与一个或者多个候选目标主辅小区或候选PSCell对应。多个候选目标主辅小区可以属于同一个辅网络设备或不同的辅网络设备,不做限定。当第一主网络设备与某个辅网络设备为同一个网络设备时,即某个或者某些候选主辅小区与第一主小区被同一个网络设备(即第一主网络设备)管理或者覆盖时,步骤201可以跳过不执行。第一主小区为被第一主网络设备管理或者覆盖的小区。Among them, multiple secondary network devices may correspond to one or more candidate target primary and secondary cells or candidate PSCells. Multiple candidate target primary and secondary cells may belong to the same secondary network device or different secondary network devices, and there is no limitation. When the first primary network device and a certain secondary network device are the same network device, that is, one or some candidate primary and secondary cells and the first primary cell are managed or covered by the same network device (ie, the first primary network device) At this time, step 201 can be skipped and not executed. The first primary cell is a cell managed or covered by the first primary network device.
需要说明的是,本申请各实施例中,候选目标主辅小区、候选PSCell为等价概念,二者可以替换描述,如候选目标主辅小区可以替换描述为候选PSCell,候选PSCell可以替换描述为候选目标主辅小区等,不予限制。It should be noted that in each embodiment of the present application, the candidate target primary and secondary cell and candidate PSCell are equivalent concepts, and the two can be described alternatively. For example, the candidate target primary and secondary cell can be described as a candidate PSCell, and the candidate PSCell can be described as Candidate target primary and secondary cells, etc., are not restricted.
步骤202:至少一个辅网络设备中每个辅网络设备确定自己是否接受第一主网络设备的SN添加请求消息,若辅网络设备接受第一主网络设备的SN添加请求消息,则执行下述过程:辅网络设备向第一主网络设备发送SN添加请求确认消息,该SN添加请求确认消息可以包括该辅网络设备配置的候选PSCell的参数以及候选PSCell 的主辅小区添加条件信息。Step 202: Each of the at least one auxiliary network device determines whether it accepts the SN addition request message of the first main network device. If the auxiliary network device accepts the SN addition request message of the first main network device, the following process is executed : The secondary network device sends an SN addition request confirmation message to the first primary network device. The SN addition request confirmation message may include the parameters of the candidate PSCell configured by the secondary network device and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell.
其中,候选PSCell的参数可以包括以下一项或者多项:候选PSCell的优先级、候选PSCell对应的小区组标识(cell group Id)、候选PSCell对应的小区索引(如:服务小区索引(ServCellIndex)、候选PSCell为终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识(cell-radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)、接入候选PSCell所需的随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)资源信息、候选PSCell对应的标识信息(如该候选PSCell对应的测量标识(measID)和/或该小区对应的配置标识信息(如CPA-ConfigId或其他表示形式,不做限定;该标识信息用于标识该小区对应的CPA信息))、候选PSCell的小区全球标识(cell global identity,CGI)、候选PSCell的物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)以及候选PSCell对应的频率信息、候选PSCell对应的物理层配置参数、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层配置参数、无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层配置参数、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层配置参数、业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层配置参数、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层配置参数等。Among them, the parameters of the candidate PSCell may include one or more of the following: the priority of the candidate PSCell, the cell group ID (cell group ID) corresponding to the candidate PSCell, the cell index corresponding to the candidate PSCell (e.g., serving cell index (ServCellIndex), The candidate PSCell is the cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) allocated by the terminal device, the random access channel (RACH) resource information required to access the candidate PSCell, and the candidate PSCell corresponding Identification information (such as the measurement identifier (measID) corresponding to the candidate PSCell) and/or configuration identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or other representations) corresponding to the cell, which is not limited; the identification information is used to identify the CPA information corresponding to the cell )), the cell global identity (CGI) of the candidate PSCell, the physical cell identifier (PCI) of the candidate PSCell, the frequency information corresponding to the candidate PSCell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate PSCell, and media access Control (media access control, MAC) layer configuration parameters, radio link control (RLC) layer configuration parameters, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer configuration parameters, service data adaptation protocol (service) Data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer configuration parameters, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer configuration parameters, etc.
其中,候选PSCell的主辅小区添加条件信息可以用于指示该候选PSCell作为待添加的目标PSCell需要满足的主辅小区添加条件,候选PSCell的主辅小区添加条件信息可以包括主辅小区添加执行事件类型和主辅小区添加执行事件类型对应的门限值。其中,主辅小区添加执行事件类型可以包括A4事件、B1事件或其他执行事件类型等。一个候选PSCell可以被配置一个或多个候选主辅小区添加条件。例如,一个候选PSCell可以被配置一个执行事件类型,被配置至少一个门限值和/或至多两个不同的触发质量(trigger quantity),该触发质量可以包括参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)、信号干扰噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)等;或者,一个候选PSCell可以被配置至多两个不同的执行事件类型以及各执行事件类型相对应的门限值。需要说明的是,不同候选PSCell对应的主辅小区添加执行事件类型和/或执行事件类型对应的门限值可以相同,也可以不同,不予限制。一种示例,例如,对应候选目标主辅小区A,配置的主辅小区添加执行事件类型是A4事件,且配置的对应的门限值为第一门限值,则,当候选目标主辅小区A的小区信号质量高于第一门限值时,可以认为候选目标主辅小区A满足主辅小区添加条件(或者认为候选目标主辅小区A满足CPA执行条件),该候选目标主辅小区A可以被确定为要添加的目标主辅小区。Among them, the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell can be used to indicate the primary and secondary cell addition conditions that the candidate PSCell needs to meet as the target PSCell to be added, and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell can include the primary and secondary cell addition execution event Type and primary and secondary cell add the threshold value corresponding to the execution event type. Among them, the primary and secondary cell addition execution event types may include A4 events, B1 events, or other execution event types. One candidate PSCell can be configured with one or more candidate primary and secondary cell addition conditions. For example, a candidate PSCell may be configured with one execution event type, configured with at least one threshold and/or at most two different trigger quantities (trigger quantities), and the trigger quality may include reference signal received power, RSRP), reference signal received quality (RSRQ), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), etc.; or, a candidate PSCell can be configured with at most two different execution event types and each The threshold value corresponding to the execution event type. It should be noted that the primary and secondary cells corresponding to different candidate PSCells add the execution event type and/or the threshold corresponding to the execution event type may be the same or different, and there is no restriction. An example, for example, corresponding to the candidate target primary and secondary cell A, the configured primary and secondary cell addition execution event type is A4 event, and the configured corresponding threshold is the first threshold, then when the candidate target primary and secondary cell When the cell signal quality of A is higher than the first threshold, the candidate target primary and secondary cell A can be considered to meet the primary and secondary cell addition conditions (or the candidate target primary and secondary cell A is considered to meet the CPA execution conditions), and the candidate target primary and secondary cell A It can be determined as the target primary and secondary cell to be added.
需要说明的是,候选PSCell对应的辅网络设备也可以拒绝第一主网络设备的SN添加请求消息,此时候选PSCell对应的辅网络设备向第一主网络设备回复添加请求拒绝(addition request reject)响应,拒绝为终端设备配置候选PSCell。It should be noted that the secondary network device corresponding to the candidate PSCell can also reject the SN addition request message of the first primary network device. At this time, the secondary network device corresponding to the candidate PSCell replies to the first primary network device with an addition request reject (addition request reject) In response, it refuses to configure candidate PSCells for the terminal device.
步骤203:第一主网络设备接收一个或者多个辅网络设备发送的SN添加请求确认消息,向终端设备发送RRC重配置消息。相应的,终端设备接收RRC重配置消息。Step 203: The first primary network device receives the SN addition request confirmation message sent by one or more secondary network devices, and sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the RRC reconfiguration message.
其中,该RRC重配置消息中包含CPA信息,该CPA信息包括一个或者多个辅 网络设备配置的至少一个候选PSCell的参数以及至少一个候选PSCell的主辅小区添加条件信息。如第一主网络设备可以接收一个或者多个辅网络设备发送的SN添加请求确认消息,从每个SN添加请求确认消息中获取候选PSCell的参数以及候选PSCell的主辅小区添加条件信息,将获取到的候选PSCell的参数、候选PSCell的主辅小区添加条件信息携带在CPA信息中。Wherein, the RRC reconfiguration message includes CPA information, and the CPA information includes the parameters of at least one candidate PSCell configured by one or more secondary network devices and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of at least one candidate PSCell. For example, the first primary network device can receive the SN addition request confirmation message sent by one or more secondary network devices, and obtain the parameters of the candidate PSCell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell from each SN addition request confirmation message, and it will obtain The parameters of the obtained candidate PSCell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell are carried in the CPA information.
进一步的,RRC重配置消息还可以包含至少一个候选主小区的条件切换(conditional handover,CHO)配置信息,至少一个候选主小区可以与至少一个候选PSCell对应,候选主小区与其对应的候选PSCell进行载波聚合,形成DC。例如,至少一个候选主小区中的每个小区有与之对应的至少一个候选PSCell,或者,至少一个候选主小区中的某个小区有与之对应的至少一个候选PSCell,或者,至少一个候选主小区中的部分小区有与部分小区中的每个小区对应的至少一个候选PSCell。候选主小区的CHO配置信息可以包括候选主小区的参数以及候选主小区的主小区切换条件信息。终端设备可以根据候选主小区的CHO配置信息,执行CHO流程,例如,将候选主小区中的满足主小区切换条件的小区确定为目标主小区,进而,终端设备尝试切换至该目标主小区。Further, the RRC reconfiguration message may also include conditional handover (CHO) configuration information of at least one candidate primary cell. At least one candidate primary cell may correspond to at least one candidate PSCell, and the candidate primary cell and its corresponding candidate PSCell perform carrier Aggregate to form DC. For example, each of the at least one candidate primary cell has at least one candidate PSCell corresponding to it, or a certain cell of the at least one candidate primary cell has at least one candidate PSCell corresponding to it, or at least one candidate primary cell Some cells in the cells have at least one candidate PSCell corresponding to each cell in the cells. The CHO configuration information of the candidate primary cell may include the parameters of the candidate primary cell and the primary cell handover condition information of the candidate primary cell. The terminal device can execute the CHO process according to the CHO configuration information of the candidate primary cell, for example, determine the cell that meets the primary cell handover condition among the candidate primary cells as the target primary cell, and then the terminal device attempts to switch to the target primary cell.
即一种可能的实现中,RRC重配置消息中可以至少一个候选PSCell的相关信息(如CPA信息)。又一种可能的实现中,RRC重配置消息中可以包含至少一个候选主小区的相关信息(如CHO配置信息)以及至少一个候选主小区对应的至少一个候选PSCell的相关信息(如CPA信息)。例如,假设候选主小区cell1对应候选PSCell:cellC、cellD(或者说,候选主小区cell1可以跟候选PSCell(如cellC或cellD)进行载波聚合,形成DC),候选主小区cell2对应候选PSCell:cellE、cellF(或者说,候选主小区cell2可以跟候选PSCell(如cellE或cellF)进行载波聚合,形成DC),RRC重配置消息包含:cell1的参数以及cell1的主小区切换条件信息,cell1对应的cellC的参数以及cellC的主辅小区添加条件信息,cell1对应的cellD的参数以及cellD的主辅小区添加条件信息,cell2的参数以及cell2的主小区切换条件信息,cell2对应的cellE的参数以及cellE的主辅小区添加条件信息,cell2对应的cellF的参数以及cellF的主辅小区添加条件信息。That is, in a possible implementation, the RRC reconfiguration message may include at least one candidate PSCell related information (such as CPA information). In another possible implementation, the RRC reconfiguration message may include at least one candidate primary cell related information (such as CHO configuration information) and at least one candidate primary cell corresponding to at least one candidate PSCell related information (such as CPA information). For example, suppose that the candidate primary cell cell1 corresponds to the candidate PSCell: cellC, cellD (or in other words, the candidate primary cell cell1 can perform carrier aggregation with the candidate PSCell (such as cellC or cellD) to form a DC), and the candidate primary cell cell2 corresponds to the candidate PSCell: cellE, cellF (or, the candidate primary cell cell2 can perform carrier aggregation with the candidate PSCell (such as cellE or cellF) to form a DC), the RRC reconfiguration message contains: cell1 parameters and cell1 primary cell handover condition information, cell1 corresponds to cellC Parameters and information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cellC, the parameters of cell1 corresponding to cellD and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cellD, the parameters of cell2 and the primary cell handover condition information of cell2, the parameters of cellE corresponding to cell2 and the primary and secondary cells of cellE Cell addition condition information, the parameters of cellF corresponding to cell2, and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cellF.
需要说明的是,第一主网络设备可以将其接收到的所有辅网络设备发送的候选PSCell的参数以及候选PSCell的主辅小区添加条件信息均携带在一条RRC重配置消息中发送给终端设备,或者,第一主网络设备向终端设备发送至少两条RRC重配置消息,每个RRC重配置消息中携带有至少一个辅网络设备发送的候选PSCell的参数以及候选PSCell的主辅小区添加条件信息,不予限制。It should be noted that the first primary network device can carry the parameters of the candidate PSCell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell that it receives from all secondary network devices and send it to the terminal device in an RRC reconfiguration message. Alternatively, the first primary network device sends at least two RRC reconfiguration messages to the terminal device, and each RRC reconfiguration message carries the parameters of the candidate PSCell sent by at least one secondary network device and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate PSCell, No restrictions.
步骤204:终端设备向第一主网络设备回复RRC重配完成消息。Step 204: The terminal device replies an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the first primary network device.
其中,步骤204为可选步骤,且步骤204的执行顺序不予限制,步骤204可以在步骤206或者步骤207之前执行,也可以在步骤206或步骤207之后执行,还可以与步骤206或步骤207同时执行,不予限制。Among them, step 204 is an optional step, and the execution order of step 204 is not limited. Step 204 can be performed before step 206 or step 207, or after step 206 or step 207, or can be combined with step 206 or step 207. Simultaneous execution without restriction.
步骤205:终端设备根据接收到的RRC重配置消息中携带的CPA信息,判断至少一个候选PSCell的主辅小区添加条件是否满足。Step 205: The terminal device judges whether the primary and secondary cell addition condition of at least one candidate PSCell is satisfied according to the CPA information carried in the received RRC reconfiguration message.
示例性的,对于每个候选PSCell,终端设备可以判断候选PSCell是否满足主辅 小区添加条件包括:终端设备判断该PSCell的至少一个触发质量中每个触发质量所对应的测量结果是否满足CPA信息中该触发质量对应的主辅小区添加条件,若满足,则确定该候选PSCell满足主辅小区添加条件。Exemplarily, for each candidate PSCell, the terminal device may determine whether the candidate PSCell meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition includes: the terminal device determines whether the measurement result corresponding to each trigger quality in at least one trigger quality of the PSCell satisfies the CPA information If the primary and secondary cell addition condition corresponding to the trigger quality is met, it is determined that the candidate PSCell meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition.
例如,以候选主辅小区A配置的主辅小区添加执行事件类型是A4事件,且配置两个trigger quantity:RSRP和RSRQ,配置的对应RSRP的门限值为E,配置的对应RSRQ的门限值为F为例,当终端设备测量得到该候选主辅小区A的RSRP高于E,且候选主辅小区A的RSRQ高于F时,终端设备可以确定候选主辅小区A满足主辅小区添加条件;反之,则确定候选主辅小区A不满足主辅小区添加条件。For example, the primary and secondary cell addition execution event type configured with candidate primary and secondary cell A is the A4 event, and two trigger quantities are configured: RSRP and RSRQ, the configured threshold corresponding to RSRP is E, and the configured threshold corresponding to RSRQ The value is F as an example. When the terminal equipment measures that the RSRP of the candidate primary and secondary cell A is higher than E, and the RSRQ of the candidate primary and secondary cell A is higher than F, the terminal equipment can determine that the candidate primary and secondary cell A satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition Condition; otherwise, it is determined that the candidate primary and secondary cell A does not meet the primary and secondary cell addition conditions.
步骤206:终端设备将满足主辅小区添加条件的一个候选PSCell确定为目标主辅小区。Step 206: The terminal device determines a candidate PSCell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition as the target primary and secondary cell.
其中,在RRC重配置消息中不包含CHO配置信息,包括CPA信息的情况下,终端设备根据CPA信息对至少一个候选PSCell进行是否满足主辅小区添加条件的判断,选择至少一个候选PSCell中满足主辅小区添加条件的一个候选PSCell作为目标主辅小区。Wherein, when the RRC reconfiguration message does not include CHO configuration information, but includes CPA information, the terminal device judges whether at least one candidate PSCell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions based on the CPA information, and selects at least one candidate PSCell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions. A candidate PSCell of the secondary cell addition condition serves as the target primary and secondary cell.
在RRC重配置消息中包含CHO配置信息以及CPA信息的情况下,终端设备判断候选PSCell是否满足主辅小区添加条件之前,可以根据CHO配置信息从候选主小区中选择出满足主小区切换条件的目标主小区,再根据候选PSCell的CPA信息对该目标主小区对应的候选PSCell进行是否满足主辅小区添加条件的判断,选择该目标主小区对应的候选PSCell中满足主辅小区添加条件的一个候选PSCell作为目标主辅小区。例如,以步骤203中的举例进行说明,如果确定出的目标主小区为cell1,由于对应该目标主小区cell1的至少一个候选PSCell的相关信息(如CPA信息)是cellC、cellD的CPA信息,即cellC的参数以及cellC的主辅小区添加条件信息、cellD的参数以及cellD的主辅小区添加条件信息,则终端设备从cellC、cellD中确定目标主辅小区,即终端设备将cellC和cellD中满足主辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主辅小区。或者,例如,如果确定出的目标主小区为cell1,如果网络设备为该目标主小区cell1配置了目标主辅小区,即RRC重配置消息中除了包含cell1的相关信息(如cell1对应的CHO配置信息),还包含cell1对应的目标主辅小区的相关信息(如将cellK配置成目标主辅小区,即还包含cellK的参数),则终端设备将cellK添加为目标主辅小区。When the RRC reconfiguration message contains CHO configuration information and CPA information, before the terminal device determines whether the candidate PSCell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, it can select the target that meets the primary cell handover conditions from the candidate primary cells according to the CHO configuration information The primary cell, based on the CPA information of the candidate PSCell, determines whether the candidate PSCell corresponding to the target primary cell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, and selects a candidate PSCell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions among the candidate PSCells corresponding to the target primary cell As the target primary and secondary cell. For example, taking the example in step 203 for illustration, if the determined target primary cell is cell1, the relevant information (such as CPA information) of at least one candidate PSCell corresponding to the target primary cell cell1 is the CPA information of cellC and cellD, namely The parameters of cellC and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cellC, the parameters of cellD, and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cellD, the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell from cellC and cellD, that is, the terminal device will satisfy the primary and secondary cells of cellC and cellD. The cell subject to the secondary cell addition condition is determined as the target primary and secondary cell. Or, for example, if the determined target primary cell is cell1, if the network device configures the target primary and secondary cells for the target primary cell cell1, that is, the RRC reconfiguration message contains information about cell1 (such as the CHO configuration information corresponding to cell1). ), it also contains the relevant information of the target primary and secondary cell corresponding to cell1 (for example, if cellK is configured as the target primary and secondary cell, that is, it also contains the parameters of cellK), the terminal device adds cellK as the target primary and secondary cell.
步骤207:终端设备向目标主辅小区发起随机接入过程。终端设备成功接入目标主辅小区后,终端设备向目标主辅小区所属的网络设备发送RRC重配置完成消息。后续,终端设备可以通过目标主辅小区与网络设备进行数据传输。Step 207: The terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target primary and secondary cell. After the terminal device successfully accesses the target primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs. Subsequently, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device through the target primary and secondary cell.
需要说明的是,本申请不限定实施例中的各个步骤的执行顺序,各个步骤的顺序可以灵活调换。此外,本申请实施例中的各个步骤为可选执行步骤,各个步骤可以单独执行也可以结合起来执行,不予限制。It should be noted that this application does not limit the execution order of the steps in the embodiments, and the order of the steps can be flexibly exchanged. In addition, each step in the embodiment of the present application is an optional execution step, and each step may be executed individually or in combination, and is not limited.
虽然通过CPA机制可以提高PSCell/SN添加流程的可靠/鲁棒性,但是,在终端设备执行SN添加流程中,如:在判断候选主辅小区是否满足主辅小区添加条件的过程中,或确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的目标主辅小区之前,即步骤206之前;或者,在终端设备确定出待添加的目标主辅小区之后但在成功接入到该目标主辅小区之 前;或者,在终端设备成功接入到确定出的目标主辅小区之后,若终端设备发现第一主小区发生RLF,即终端设备与第一主小区对应的第一主网络设备之间的连接发生中断,则为了使业务数据继续传输,终端设备需要发起RRC重建立流程。此时,如果重建立的小区没有终端设备的上下文信息,则重建立的小区需要从第一主小区对应的第一主网络设备获取终端设备的上下文信息,并从第一主小区对应的第一主网络设备获取终端设备与第一主网络设备间未传输成功的数据包,以发送给终端设备,该过程会造成较长时间的业务中断时延。Although the CPA mechanism can improve the reliability/robustness of the PSCell/SN addition process, the terminal device performs the SN addition process, such as: in the process of judging whether the candidate primary and secondary cells meet the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, or determine Before the target primary and secondary cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells is determined, that is, before step 206; or, after the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell to be added but before successfully accessing the target primary and secondary cell; or, in After the terminal device successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell, if the terminal device finds that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, that is, the connection between the terminal device and the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell is interrupted, then To continue the transmission of service data, the terminal device needs to initiate an RRC re-establishment process. At this time, if the re-established cell does not have the context information of the terminal device, the re-established cell needs to obtain the context information of the terminal device from the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell, and obtain the context information of the terminal device from the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell. The main network device obtains data packets that have not been successfully transmitted between the terminal device and the first main network device and sends them to the terminal device. This process will cause a long service interruption delay.
为解决该技术问题,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法:在确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的目标主辅小区之前,即步骤206之前;第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备从至少一个候选PSCell中依据某准则选择出目标小区,将该目标小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者将该目标小区作为RRC重建立小区,在该目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者删除/释放第一主小区,将该目标小区作为新的主小区,进行接入。具体的,该执行过程可参照下述图5对应的实施例中所述。To solve this technical problem, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method: before determining the target primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, that is, before step 206; when RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device will receive at least one The candidate PSCell selects the target cell according to certain criteria, adds the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell, or uses the target cell as an RRC re-establishment cell, performs the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell, or deletes/releases the first Primary cell, use the target cell as a new primary cell for access. Specifically, the execution process may refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5 below.
或者,在终端设备确定出待添加的目标主辅小区之后但在成功接入到该目标主辅小区之前,若第一主小区发生RLF,则,一种做法,终端设备继续接入该确定出的目标主辅小区;或者,另一种做法,终端设备停止接入该确定出的目标主辅小区,从候选PSCell中选择进行重建立的目标小区,在该目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程;或者,另一种做法,终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,或释放与第一主小区的连接,将该目标主辅小区作为新的主小区。具体的,该执行过程可参照下述图6对应的实施例中所述。Or, after the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell to be added but before successfully accessing the target primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, then, in one way, the terminal device continues to access the determined primary and secondary cell. Or, in another approach, the terminal device stops accessing the determined target primary and secondary cell, selects a target cell for re-establishment from candidate PSCells, and performs an RRC re-establishment process on the target cell; Or, in another approach, the terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, or releases the connection with the first primary cell, and uses the target primary and secondary cell as the new primary cell. Specifically, the execution process may refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6 below.
或者,在终端成功接入到确定出的目标主辅小区之后,若第一主小区发生RLF,则终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,或释放与第一主小区的连接,将该目标主辅小区确定为新的主小区;或者,终端设备从该目标主辅小区接收第一主小区对应的第一主网络设备给终端设备配置的新的主小区的配置信息,根据该配置信息与新的主小区建立连接,恢复业务数据传输。具体的,该执行过程可参照下述图7对应的实施例中所述。Or, after the terminal successfully accesses the determined target primary and secondary cell, if RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, or releases the connection with the first primary cell, and changes the target primary cell. The secondary cell is determined to be the new primary cell; or, the terminal device receives from the target primary and secondary cell the configuration information of the new primary cell configured by the first primary network device corresponding to the first primary cell to the terminal device according to the configuration information and the new primary cell. Establish a connection to the primary cell and resume business data transmission. Specifically, the execution process may refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7 below.
下面结合说明书附图,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the specification.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于支持DC的各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统、未来的通信系统、或者多种通信系统融合的系统等,本申请实施例不做限定。其中,5G还可以称为新无线(new radio,NR)。The communication method provided in the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems supporting DC, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system, wireless fidelity (wireless) Fidelity, WiFi) systems, future communication systems, or systems integrating multiple communication systems, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, 5G can also be called new radio (NR).
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于各种通信场景,例如可以应用于以下通信场景中的一种或多种:增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)、超可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable low latency communication,URLLC)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、大规模机器类型通信(massive machine type communications,mMTC)、设备到设备(device to device,D2D)、车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、和物联网(internet of things,IoT)等。The communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (ultra reliable low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (MTC), massive machine type communications (mMTC), device to device (D2D), vehicle outreach (vehicle to everything (V2X), vehicle to vehicle (V2V), and Internet of things (IoT), etc.
下面以图3所示通信系统为例,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述。In the following, the communication system shown in FIG. 3 is taken as an example to describe the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图,如图3所示,该通信系统可以包括网络设备以及多个终端设备,终端设备可以为支持DC的终端设备,其中网络设备包括接入网设备,还可以包括核心网设备,还可以包括服务供应商的设备(如服务器)等,不予限制。本申请实施例以网络设备为接入网设备为例进行描述。不同接入网设备支持的RAT可以相同或者不同,接入网设备与接入网设备之间通过有线网络或无线网络进行通信,例如通过图3中的Xn接口相互通信。接入网设备可以覆盖一个或者多个小区,如:接入网设备1覆盖有小区1.1,接入网设备2覆盖有小区2.1,接入网设备覆盖有小区3.1。支持DC的终端设备可以在其中一个小区中接入接入网设备,并将该接入网设备设置为主网络设备,如:终端设备1可以在小区1.1中接入接入网设备1,并将接入网设备1作为主网络设备,即主节点(master node,MN)。后续,为了提高终端设备1的业务数据的可靠性,接入网设备1可以参照上述图2所示方法获取包括一个或者多个候选PSCell(如:小区2.1、小区3.1)的参数以及每个PSCell的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,并将获取到的CPA信息配置给终端设备1,终端设备1可以判断一个或者多个候选PSCell中每个PSCell是否满足主辅小区添加条件,将一个或者多个候选PSCell选择满足主辅小区添加条件的PSCell(如小区3.1)添加为目标主辅小区,并接入该目标主辅小区,实现DC通信。若在终端设备1添加PSCell的过程中终端设备1与接入网设备1发生RLF,则终端设备1可参照图5~图7所示方法选择目标小区,接入该目标小区来恢复业务传输。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3, the communication system may include a network device and multiple terminal devices. The terminal device may be a terminal device that supports DC, and the network device includes an interface Network access equipment may also include core network equipment, and may also include equipment of service providers (such as servers), etc., without limitation. The embodiment of the present application is described by taking the network device as an access network device as an example. The RATs supported by different access network devices may be the same or different. The access network device and the access network device communicate through a wired network or a wireless network, for example, communicate with each other through the Xn interface in FIG. 3. The access network equipment may cover one or more cells, for example, the access network equipment 1 covers the cell 1.1, the access network equipment 2 covers the cell 2.1, and the access network equipment covers the cell 3.1. A terminal device that supports DC can access the access network device in one of the cells and set the access network device as the main network device. For example, the terminal device 1 can access the access network device 1 in the cell 1.1, and The access network device 1 is used as a master network device, that is, a master node (master node, MN). Subsequently, in order to improve the reliability of the service data of the terminal device 1, the access network device 1 may obtain the parameters including one or more candidate PSCells (such as cell 2.1, cell 3.1) and each PSCell with reference to the method shown in FIG. Add the CPA information of the condition information to the primary and secondary cells, and configure the acquired CPA information to the terminal device 1. The terminal device 1 can determine whether each PSCell of one or more candidate PSCells meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, and will one or Multiple candidate PSCells select a PSCell (such as cell 3.1) that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions to be added as the target primary and secondary cell, and access the target primary and secondary cell to implement DC communication. If an RLF occurs between the terminal device 1 and the access network device 1 during the process of adding the PSCell to the terminal device 1, the terminal device 1 can refer to the methods shown in FIGS. 5 to 7 to select a target cell and access the target cell to resume service transmission.
需要说明的是,图3仅为示例性框架图,图3中包括的节点的数量、小区数量以及终端设备所处状态不受限制。除图3所示功能节点外,还可以包括其他节点,如:核心网设备、网关设备、应用服务器等等,不予限制。接入网设备通过有线网络或无线网络与核心网设备相互通信,如通过下一代(next generation,NG)接口相互通信。It should be noted that FIG. 3 is only an exemplary framework diagram, and the number of nodes, the number of cells, and the state of terminal equipment included in FIG. 3 are not limited. In addition to the functional nodes shown in Figure 3, other nodes may also be included, such as core network equipment, gateway equipment, application servers, etc., which are not limited. The access network equipment communicates with the core network equipment through a wired network or a wireless network, for example, through a next generation (NG) interface.
其中,网络设备主要用于实现终端设备的资源调度、无线资源管理、无线接入控制等功能。具体的,网络设备可以包括基站、无线接入点、收发点(transmission receive point,TRP)、传输点(transmission point,TP)以及某种其它接入节点中的任一节点。本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中或者和网络设备匹配使用。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。Among them, the network equipment is mainly used to implement the terminal equipment resource scheduling, wireless resource management, wireless access control and other functions. Specifically, the network device may include any one of a base station, a wireless access point, a transmission receive point (TRP), a transmission point (TP), and some other access node. In the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device that can support the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system. The device may be installed in the network device or combined with the network device. Matching use. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the functions of the network equipment is a network device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
终端设备(terminal equipment)可以为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)或者移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。具体的,终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑,还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智能家居、或车载终端等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能 够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中或者和终端设备匹配使用。下面以用于实现终端设备的功能的装置是终端设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的通信方法。The terminal equipment (terminal equipment) can be a terminal, a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), or a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc. Specifically, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver function, it may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, or an industrial control device. Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in unmanned driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, smart homes, or vehicle-mounted terminals, etc. In the embodiments of the present application, the device used to realize the function of the terminal device may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system. The device may be installed in the terminal device or connected to the terminal device. Matching use. In the following, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described by taking an example in which the device used to implement the function of the terminal device is a terminal device.
在具体实现时,图3所示各网元,如:终端设备、网络设备可采用图4所示的组成结构或者包括图4所示的部件。图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置400的结构示意图,当该通信装置400具有本申请实施例所述的终端设备的功能时,该通信装置400可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统。当通信装置400具有本申请实施例所述的网络设备的功能时,通信装置400可以为网络设备或者网络设备中的芯片或者片上系统。In specific implementation, each network element shown in FIG. 3, such as a terminal device and a network device, may adopt the composition structure shown in FIG. 4 or include the components shown in FIG. 4. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 400 provided by an embodiment of the application. When the communication device 400 has the function of the terminal device described in the embodiment of the application, the communication device 400 may be a terminal device or one of the terminal devices. Chip or system on chip. When the communication device 400 has the function of the network device described in the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 400 may be a network device or a chip or a system on a chip in the network device.
如图4所示,该通信装置400可以包括处理器401,通信线路402以及通信接口403。进一步的,该通信装置400还可以包括存储器404。其中,处理器401,存储器404以及通信接口403之间可以通过通信线路402连接。As shown in FIG. 4, the communication device 400 may include a processor 401, a communication line 402, and a communication interface 403. Further, the communication device 400 may further include a memory 404. Among them, the processor 401, the memory 404, and the communication interface 403 may be connected through a communication line 402.
其中,处理器401可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、通用处理器网络处理器(network processor,NP)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing,DSP)、微处理器、微控制器、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或它们的任意组合。处理器401还可以是其它具有处理功能的装置,如电路、器件或软件模块等。The processor 401 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), a microprocessor, or a microcontroller. , Programmable logic device (PLD) or any combination of them. The processor 401 may also be other devices with processing functions, such as circuits, devices, or software modules.
通信线路402,用于在通信装置400所包括的各部件之间传送信息。The communication line 402 is used to transmit information between the components included in the communication device 400.
通信接口403,用于与其他设备或其它通信网络进行通信。该其它通信网络可以为以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。通信接口403可以是接口电路、管脚、射频模块、收发器或者任何能够实现通信的装置。The communication interface 403 is used to communicate with other devices or other communication networks. The other communication network may be Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. The communication interface 403 may be an interface circuit, a pin, a radio frequency module, a transceiver, or any device capable of realizing communication.
存储器404,用于存储指令。其中,指令可以是计算机程序。The memory 404 is used to store instructions. Among them, the instruction may be a computer program.
其中,存储器404可以是只读存储器(read_only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和/或指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,也可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和/或指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,还可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read_only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read_only memory,CD_ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储、磁盘存储介质或其他磁存储设备,光碟存储包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、或蓝光光碟等。The memory 404 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, or it may be a random access memory (RAM) or can store information. And/or other types of dynamic storage devices for instructions, which can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc (read_only memory, CD_ROM), or other optical disk storage, optical discs Storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices. Optical disk storage includes compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital universal discs, or Blu-ray discs, etc.
需要说明的是,存储器404可以独立于处理器401存在,也可以和处理器401集成在一起。存储器404可以用于存储指令或者程序代码或者一些数据等。存储器404可以位于通信装置400内,也可以位于通信装置400外,不予限制。处理器401,用于执行存储器404中存储的指令,以实现本申请下述实施例提供的通信方法。It should be noted that the memory 404 may exist independently of the processor 401, or may be integrated with the processor 401. The memory 404 may be used to store instructions or program codes or some data. The memory 404 may be located in the communication device 400 or outside the communication device 400 without limitation. The processor 401 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 404 to implement the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
在一种示例中,处理器401可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图4中的CPU0和CPU1。In an example, the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 4.
作为一种可选的实现方式,通信装置400包括多个处理器,例如,除图4中的处理器401之外,还可以包括处理器407。As an optional implementation manner, the communication device 400 includes multiple processors. For example, in addition to the processor 401 in FIG. 4, it may also include a processor 407.
作为一种可选的实现方式,通信装置400还包括输出设备405和输入设备406。 示例性地,输入设备406是键盘、鼠标、麦克风或操作杆等设备,输出设备405是显示屏、扬声器(speaker)等设备。As an optional implementation manner, the communication apparatus 400 further includes an output device 405 and an input device 406. Exemplarily, the input device 406 is a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, or a joystick, and the output device 405 is a display screen, a speaker, or other devices.
需要说明的是,通信装置400可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端设备、嵌入式设备、芯片系统或有图4中类似结构的设备。此外,图4中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图4所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the communication device 400 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device with a similar structure in FIG. 4. In addition, the composition structure shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation to the communication device. In addition to the components shown in FIG. 4, the communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components. , Or different component arrangements.
本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
下面结合图3所示通信系统,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行描述。其中,下述实施例中的各设备可以具有图4所示部件。其中,本申请各实施例之间涉及的动作,术语等均可以相互参考,不予限制。本申请的实施例中各个设备之间交互的消息名称或消息中的参数名称等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以采用其他的名称,不予限制。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the communication system shown in FIG. 3. Among them, each device in the following embodiments may have the components shown in FIG. 4. Among them, the actions, terms, etc. involved in the various embodiments of the present application can be referred to each other and are not limited. The name of the message or the name of the parameter in the message in the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and other names may also be used in specific implementations, which are not limited.
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图,如图5所示,所述方法包括:Fig. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 5, the method includes:
步骤501:终端设备从第一主网络设备接收CPA信息。Step 501: The terminal device receives CPA information from the first main network device.
其中,终端设备可以为图3所示系统中支持MR-DC的任一终端设备,如:终端设备可以为图3所示系统中支持MR-DC的终端设备1。The terminal device may be any terminal device that supports MR-DC in the system shown in FIG. 3, for example, the terminal device may be a terminal device 1 that supports MR-DC in the system shown in FIG. 3.
其中,CPA信息可以指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息,至少一个候选主辅小区可以指一个候选主辅小区或者两个以及两个以上候选主辅小区。具体的,CPA信息、候选主辅小区的参数、候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的相关描述可参照上述图2中所述,不再赘述。例如,以候选PSCell包括小区2.1、小区3.1、小区4.1为例,则终端设备从主网络设备接收到的CPA信息包括{小区2.1的参数、小区2.1的主辅小区添加条件信息}、{小区3.1的参数、小区3.1的主辅小区添加条件信息}以及{小区4.1的参数,小区4.1的主辅小区添加条件信息}。The CPA information may indicate the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell. At least one candidate primary and secondary cell may refer to one candidate primary and secondary cell or two or more candidates. Primary and secondary cells. Specifically, the relevant description of the CPA information, the parameters of the candidate primary and secondary cells, and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate primary and secondary cells can be referred to the above-mentioned FIG. 2 and will not be repeated. For example, taking candidate PSCells including cell 2.1, cell 3.1, and cell 4.1 as an example, the CPA information received by the terminal device from the primary network device includes {parameters of cell 2.1, primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cell 2.1}, {cell 3.1 Parameters of cell 3.1, primary and secondary cell addition condition information} and {parameters of cell 4.1, primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cell 4.1}.
示例性的,终端设备可以接收来自第一主网络设备的携带有CPA信息的RRC重配置消息,从RRC重配置消息中获取CPA信息。具体的,主网络设备可以向至少一个候选主辅小区所属的网络设备请求获取至少一个候选主辅小区的CPA信息,主网络设备可以向终端设备发送携带有CPA信息的RRC重配置消息,终端设备获取RRC重配置消息的执行过程可参照上述步骤201~步骤204所述,不再赘述。Exemplarily, the terminal device may receive an RRC reconfiguration message carrying CPA information from the first primary network device, and obtain the CPA information from the RRC reconfiguration message. Specifically, the primary network device may request the network device to which at least one candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to obtain the CPA information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and the primary network device may send an RRC reconfiguration message carrying the CPA information to the terminal device, and the terminal device For the execution process of obtaining the RRC reconfiguration message, refer to the above steps 201 to 204, and details are not described herein again.
步骤502:在根据CPA信息确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区前,终端设备检测到第一主小区发生RLF。Step 502: Before determining a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition based on the CPA information, the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
其中,第一主小区可以为终端设备的源主小区或属于源MCG的小区,第一主小区可以为第一主网络设备管理的小区,第一主网络设备可以为第一主小区中的终端设备提供服务。例如,以终端设备为图3中的终端设备1为例,第一主小区可以为图3中的小区1.1,第一主网络设备可以为接入网设备1。Among them, the first primary cell may be the source primary cell of the terminal device or a cell belonging to the source MCG, the first primary cell may be a cell managed by the first primary network device, and the first primary network device may be a terminal in the first primary cell The equipment provides services. For example, taking the terminal device as the terminal device 1 in FIG. 3 as an example, the first primary cell may be the cell 1.1 in FIG. 3, and the first primary network device may be the access network device 1.
其中,第一主小区发生RLF可以指终端设备与第一主小区或第一主网络设备之间无法正常进行数据传输,如上行数据传输和/或下行数据传输失败。例如,以终端 设备为图3中的终端设备1,第一主小区为小区1.1,第一主网络设备为接入网设备1为例,终端设备检测到第一主小区发生RLF,可以指终端设备1与小区1.1的连接断开,或者,终端设备不能与接入网设备1进行数据传输,不能接收到接入网设备1发送的业务数据以及配置信息。Wherein, the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell may refer to the failure of normal data transmission between the terminal device and the first primary cell or the first primary network device, such as failure of uplink data transmission and/or downlink data transmission. For example, if the terminal device is terminal device 1 in Figure 3, the first primary cell is cell 1.1, and the first primary network device is access network device 1, as an example, the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, which can refer to the terminal The connection between the device 1 and the cell 1.1 is disconnected, or the terminal device cannot perform data transmission with the access network device 1, and cannot receive the service data and configuration information sent by the access network device 1.
本申请中,终端设备在根据CPA信息确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区前可以包括:终端设备根据CPA信息判断至少一个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件是否满足;或者,终端设备根据CHO配置信息判断至少一个候选主小区是否满足主小区切换条件。In this application, before the terminal device determines the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition based on the CPA information, the terminal device may include: the terminal device determines whether the primary and secondary cell addition condition of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is satisfied based on the CPA information; or, the terminal device according to The CHO configuration information determines whether at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the primary cell handover condition.
示例性的,终端设备可以采用下述方式第一主小区发生RLF:若终端设备连续检测到物理层发生预设个数的失步(out of sync),则终端设备确定第一主小区发生RLF;或者,若终端设备在预设时间段内一直未接收到第一主网络设备发送的业务数据,则终端设备确定第一主小区发生RLF;或者,若终端设备在预设时间段内向第一主网络设备发送业务数据的失败次数大于或等于预设失败次数,则终端设备确定第一主小区发生RLF。Exemplarily, the terminal device may use the following method to generate RLF in the first primary cell: if the terminal device continuously detects a preset number of out of sync at the physical layer, the terminal device determines that RLF occurs in the first primary cell Or, if the terminal device has not received the service data sent by the first primary network device within a preset time period, the terminal device determines that RLF occurs in the first primary cell; or, if the terminal device sends the first If the number of failures for the primary network device to send service data is greater than or equal to the preset number of failures, the terminal device determines that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
其中,预设时间、预设失败次数、预设个数可以根据需要进行设置,可以是协议约定的或网络设备配置的,不予限制。Among them, the preset time, the preset number of failures, and the preset number can be set as needed, and they can be agreed upon by the protocol or configured by the network device, and are not limited.
步骤503:终端设备从至少一个候选主辅小区中,确定目标小区,将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者删除/释放第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区。Step 503: The terminal device determines the target cell from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, adds the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell, or performs the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell, or deletes/releases the first primary cell, and sets the target cell The cell serves as the second primary cell.
其中,目标小区可以为至少一个候选主辅小区小区中满足S准则或者满足下述第一选择条件或者满足下述第二选择条件的候选主辅小区。该目标小区可以作为待添加的目标主辅小区或者用于RRC重建立或者替换原有的第一主小区,作为新的主小区。Wherein, the target cell may be a candidate primary and secondary cell that satisfies the S criterion, or satisfies the following first selection condition, or satisfies the following second selection condition, among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. The target cell can be used as a target primary and secondary cell to be added or used for RRC re-establishment or replacement of the original primary primary cell as a new primary cell.
具体的,终端设备从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定目标小区以及对目标小区的处理过程可以包括如图5所示的三个分支中的任一分支,第一分支包括步骤5031a以及步骤5032a;第二个分支包括步骤5031b~步骤5034b;第三个分支可以包括5031c~步骤5033c。具体的,终端设备采用三个分支的哪个分支确定目标小区可以是预先配置好的或者协议规定好的,或者,网络设备可以指示终端设备采用哪个分支。Specifically, the terminal device determines the target cell from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the processing procedure for the target cell may include any one of the three branches as shown in FIG. 5, and the first branch includes step 5031a and step 5032a; The second branch includes step 5031b to step 5034b; the third branch can include step 5031c to step 5033c. Specifically, which branch of the three branches is used by the terminal device to determine the target cell may be pre-configured or stipulated by the protocol, or the network device may instruct the terminal device which branch to use.
步骤5031a:终端设备将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区。Step 5031a: The terminal device uses a cell meeting the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as a target cell.
其中,S准则可以用于选择RRC重建立小区。需要说明的是,S准则还可以替换为其他能够选择出RRC重建立小区的准则等,不予限制。Among them, the S criterion can be used to select RRC re-establishment cells. It should be noted that the S criterion can also be replaced with other criteria that can select the RRC re-establishment cell, etc., which is not limited.
示例性的,终端设备将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区可以包括:终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区是否满足S准则,得到满足S准则的一个或者多个小区;若满足S准则的小区为一个,则将该满足S准则的小区作为目标小区,若满足S准则的小区为多个,则从满足S准则的多个小区中选择任一小区作为目标小区,或者,将满足S准则的多个小区中满足下述任一种或者多种条件的小区作为目标小区:优先级最高、信号质量最优(或最高)、对应的小区索引最小或最大、对应的配置标识信息(如CPA-ConfigId或其他标识形式)最小或最大;或者,第一 个满足S准则的小区等等。Exemplarily, that the terminal device uses a cell that meets the S criterion among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as the target cell may include: the terminal device determines whether the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the S criterion, and obtains one or more cells that meet the S criterion; If there is one cell that satisfies the S criterion, then the cell that satisfies the S criterion is regarded as the target cell. If there are multiple cells that satisfy the S criterion, select any cell from the multiple cells that satisfy the S criterion as the target cell, or , Among the multiple cells that meet the S criterion, the cell that meets any one or more of the following conditions is the target cell: the highest priority, the best (or highest) signal quality, the smallest or largest corresponding cell index, and the corresponding configuration Identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or other identification forms) is the smallest or largest; or, the first cell that meets the S criterion, and so on.
例如,以候选PSCell包括小区2.1、小区3.1、小区4.1为例,其中,候选PSCell中满足S准则的候选PSCell包括{小区2.1、小区4.1},则终端设备可以将{小区2.1、小区4.1}中的任一候选PSCell:小区2.1或小区4.1作为目标小区;或者,终端设备可以将{小区2.1、小区4.1}中优先级较高的小区作为目标小区;或者,终端设备可以将{小区2.1、小区4.1}中小区信号质量最高的小区作为目标小区;或者,终端设备可以将{小区2.1、小区4.1}中最先检测到的满足S准备的小区作为目标小区。For example, taking candidate PSCells including cell 2.1, cell 3.1, and cell 4.1 as an example, among the candidate PSCells that satisfy the S criterion, the candidate PSCells include {cell 2.1, cell 4.1}, and the terminal device can set {cell 2.1, cell 4.1} in {cell 2.1, cell 4.1} Any candidate PSCell: cell 2.1 or cell 4.1 as the target cell; or, the terminal device may use the cell with higher priority in {cell 2.1, cell 4.1} as the target cell; or, the terminal device may use {cell 2.1, cell 4.1} The cell with the highest signal quality in the cell is the target cell; or, the terminal device can use the cell that meets the S preparation first detected in {cell 2.1, cell 4.1} as the target cell.
步骤5032a:终端设备将目标小区作为RRC重建立小区,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程。Step 5032a: The terminal device regards the target cell as an RRC re-establishment cell, and performs an RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell.
示例性的,终端设备在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程可以包括:Exemplarily, the RRC re-establishment procedure performed by the terminal device on the target cell may include:
终端设备向该目标小区发送RRC重建立请求(RRC restablishment request)消息,该RRC重建立请求消息可以用于请求与目标小区对应的网络设备之间建立RRC连接;The terminal device sends an RRC re-establishment request (RRC restablishment request) message to the target cell, where the RRC re-establishment request message may be used to request the establishment of an RRC connection between network devices corresponding to the target cell;
若目标小区对应的网络设备接受终端设备发送的RRC重建立请求消息,则目标小区对应的网络设备向终端设备发送RRC重建立消息(RRC re-establishment);If the network device corresponding to the target cell accepts the RRC re-establishment request message sent by the terminal device, the network device corresponding to the target cell sends an RRC re-establishment message (RRC re-establishment) to the terminal device;
终端设备接收RRC重建立消息,与目标小区对应的网络设备之间建立RRC连接。终端设备与目标小区对应的网络设备建立起RRC连接后,向目标小区对应的网络设备发送RRC重建立完成消息。The terminal device receives the RRC re-establishment message, and establishes an RRC connection with the network device corresponding to the target cell. After the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device corresponding to the target cell, it sends an RRC re-establishment complete message to the network device corresponding to the target cell.
进一步可选的,在开始执行步骤5031a时,终端设备可以停止/不再判断至少一个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件是否满足,以降低终端设备的功率消耗。或者,终端设备也可以继续判断至少一个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件是否满足,不予限制。Further optionally, when starting to perform step 5031a, the terminal device may stop/no longer determine whether the primary and secondary cell addition condition of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is satisfied, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Alternatively, the terminal device may also continue to determine whether the primary and secondary cell addition conditions of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell are met, and there is no restriction.
进一步可选的,终端设备在停止/不再判断至少一个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件是否满足之后,删除CPA信息。Further optionally, the terminal device deletes the CPA information after stopping/no longer determining whether the primary and secondary cell addition condition of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is satisfied.
进一步可选的,终端设备向目标小区对应的网络设备发送指示信息,该指示信息可以用于指示第一主小区发生RLF,可选地,该指示信息可以包括以下至少一项:第一主小区的标识信息、第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息、第一主小区的信号质量、至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量等;目标小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第一消息,该第一消息用于通知第一主网络设备第一主小区发生RLF,可选地,该第一消息中可以包含第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,或者,第一消息中可以包含上述指示信息中的至少一项。第一主网络设备接收到第一消息后,断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。Further optionally, the terminal device sends indication information to the network device corresponding to the target cell, and the indication information may be used to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell. Optionally, the indication information may include at least one of the following: The identification information of the first primary cell, the indication information of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, the signal quality of the first primary cell, the signal quality of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, etc.; the network device corresponding to the target cell can send the indication information to the first The primary network device sends a first message, which is used to notify the first primary network device of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell. Optionally, the first message may include indication information that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, or, The first message may include at least one item of the foregoing instruction information. After receiving the first message, the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device, no longer provides network services to the terminal device, and no longer transmits service data with the terminal device.
其中,本申请中,第一主小区的标识信息可以用于标识第一主小区。示例性的,第一主小区的标识信息可以是以下至少一项:物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)、频率信息、小区全球标识(cell global identifier,CGI)、小区无线网络临时无线标识(cell radio network temporary,C-RNTI)。Wherein, in this application, the identification information of the first primary cell may be used to identify the first primary cell. Exemplarily, the identification information of the first primary cell may be at least one of the following: physical cell identifier (PCI), frequency information, cell global identifier (CGI), cell wireless network temporary wireless identifier ( cell radio network temporary, C-RNTI).
如此,可以在确定出目标主辅小区之前,第一主小区发生RLF的场景下,终端设备从候选主辅小区中选择进行重建立的目标小区,并向选择出的目标小区发起 RRC重建立流程。由于在候选PSCell添加准备阶段,源PCell(即第一主小区)和至少一个候选PSCell中的每一个候选主辅小区之间已经进行了终端设备的上下文信息交互、且进行了终端设备的业务数据转发,因此,目标小区(目标小区是至少一个候选主辅小区中的一个小区)对应的网络设备可以根据终端设备的上下文信息快速与终端设备之间重建RRC连接、传输业务数据,减少终端设备与网络设备间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备间的业务传输。In this way, before the target primary and secondary cell is determined, in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects the target cell for re-establishment from the candidate primary and secondary cells, and initiates the RRC re-establishment process to the selected target cell . Since the candidate PSCell is added in the preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e. the first primary cell) and each candidate primary and secondary cell of the at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged context information of the terminal device and performed the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the network device corresponding to the target cell (the target cell is one of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells) can quickly re-establish the RRC connection with the terminal device and transmit service data according to the context information of the terminal device, reducing the number of terminal devices and The service interruption time between network equipment ensures the service transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
步骤5031b:终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足第一选择条件的小区,若存在满足第一选择条件的小区,则执行步骤5032b或者步骤5033b,流程结束;若不存在,则执行步骤5034b,流程结束。Step 5031b: The terminal device judges whether there is a cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. If there is a cell that meets the first selection condition, step 5032b or step 5033b is executed, and the process ends; if it does not exist, then execute Step 5034b, the process ends.
其中,第一选择条件可以用于选择待添加的目标主辅小区或者新的主小区,第一选择条件可以包括主辅小区添加条件或者为信号质量大于第一阈值。至少一个候选主辅小区中每个候选主辅小区可以对应一个第一选择条件,不同候选主辅小区对应的第一选择条件可以相同或者不同。The first selection condition may be used to select a target primary and secondary cell to be added or a new primary cell, and the first selection condition may include a primary and secondary cell addition condition or the signal quality is greater than a first threshold. Each of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may correspond to a first selection condition, and the first selection conditions corresponding to different candidate primary and secondary cells may be the same or different.
其中,第一选择条件包括的主辅小区添加条件可以通过CPA信息包括的主辅小区添加条件信息指示给终端设备。第一阈值可以根据需要设置,第一阈值可以与候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息中的门限值相同或不同。第一阈值可以是协议约定的,或者是第一主网络设备发送给终端设备的,对此不做限定。Wherein, the primary and secondary cell addition condition included in the first selection condition may be indicated to the terminal device through the primary and secondary cell addition condition information included in the CPA information. The first threshold may be set as required, and the first threshold may be the same as or different from the threshold in the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate primary and secondary cell. The first threshold may be agreed upon by a protocol or sent by the first main network device to the terminal device, which is not limited.
本实施例中所述的信号质量可以包括RSRP、RSRQ和SINR中的一种或者多种。The signal quality described in this embodiment may include one or more of RSRP, RSRQ, and SINR.
例如,以候选PSCell包括小区2.1、小区3.1,CPA信息包括{小区2.1的参数、小区2.1的主辅小区添加条件信息(例如,A4事件、RSRP对应的门限值E)}、{小区3.1的参数、小区3.1的主辅小区添加条件信息(例如,A4事件、RSRQ对应的门限值F)}为例,则小区2.1对应的第一选择条件可以为“小区的RSRP大于E”或者小区的RSRP大于第一阈值,第一阈值可以取值正数或“0”,第一阈值与E可以相同或者不同。小区3.1对应的第一选择条件可以为“小区的RSRQ大于F”或者“小区的RSRQ大于第一阈值”,第一阈值可以取值正数或“0”,第一阈值与F相同或者不同。For example, the candidate PSCell includes cell 2.1 and cell 3.1, and the CPA information includes {parameters of cell 2.1, primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cell 2.1 (for example, A4 event, RSRP corresponding threshold E)}, {cell 3.1 Parameters, primary and secondary cell addition condition information of cell 3.1 (for example, A4 event, threshold value F corresponding to RSRQ)) as an example, then the first selection condition corresponding to cell 2.1 can be "the RSRP of the cell is greater than E" or the cell’s RSRP is greater than the first threshold, the first threshold may take a positive number or "0", and the first threshold and E may be the same or different. The first selection condition corresponding to cell 3.1 may be "the RSRQ of the cell is greater than F" or "the RSRQ of the cell is greater than the first threshold", the first threshold may take a positive value or "0", and the first threshold is the same or different from F.
示例性的,若第一选择条件包括主辅小区添加条件,则终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足第一选择条件的小区可以包括:终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中的某个或某些候选主辅小区的信号质量是否高于主辅小区添加条件信息所指示的门限值,若某个候选主辅小区的信号质量高于主辅小区添加条件信息所指示的门限值,则可以将该候选主辅小区确定为满足第一选择条件的小区,反之,则可以确定该候选主辅小区不满足第一选择条件。Exemplarily, if the first selection condition includes the primary and secondary cell addition condition, the terminal device judging whether there is a cell satisfying the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may include: the terminal device judging the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell Whether the signal quality of one or some candidate primary and secondary cells is higher than the threshold indicated by the primary and secondary cell addition condition information, if the signal quality of a certain candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the threshold indicated by the primary and secondary cell addition condition information Limit, the candidate primary and secondary cell can be determined as a cell that meets the first selection condition, otherwise, it can be determined that the candidate primary and secondary cell does not meet the first selection condition.
若第一选择条件包括信号质量大于第一阈值,则终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足第一选择条件的小区可以包括:判断至少一个候选主辅小区中的某个或某些候选主辅小区的信号质量是否高于第一阈值,若某个候选主辅小区的信号质量高于第一阈值,则可以将该候选主辅小区确定为满足第一选择条件的小区,反之,则可以确定该候选主辅小区不满足第一选择条件。If the first selection condition includes that the signal quality is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determining whether there is a cell satisfying the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells may include: determining one or some of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells Whether the signal quality of the candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the first threshold, if the signal quality of a certain candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the first threshold, the candidate primary and secondary cell can be determined as a cell that meets the first selection condition, and vice versa, Then it can be determined that the candidate primary and secondary cell does not meet the first selection condition.
需要说明的是,本申请中,至少一个候选主辅小区中满足第一选择条件的候选主 辅小区可以为一个或者多个。It should be noted that in this application, there may be one or more candidate primary and secondary cells that meet the first selection condition among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell.
进一步可选的,在开始执行步骤5031b时,若第一选择条件为信号质量大于第一阈值,且第一阈值与候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息中对应的门限值不同,则终端设备可以停止/不再判断至少一个候选主辅小区是否满足主辅小区添加条件,以降低终端设备的功率消耗,进一步可选地,终端设备可以删除/释放CPA信息。或者,终端设备也可以继续判断至少一个候选主辅小区是否满足主辅小区添加条件,不予限制。Further optionally, when starting to perform step 5031b, if the first selection condition is that the signal quality is greater than the first threshold, and the first threshold is different from the corresponding threshold in the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate primary and secondary cell, then The terminal device can stop/no longer determine whether at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Further, optionally, the terminal device can delete/release the CPA information. Alternatively, the terminal device can also continue to determine whether at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, which is not limited.
步骤5032b:终端设备将满足第一选择条件的小区作为目标小区,将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区。Step 5032b: The terminal device uses a cell that meets the first selection condition as a target cell, and adds the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell.
示例性的,本申请中,终端设备将满足第一选择条件的小区作为目标小区可以包括:若满足第一选择条件的小区为一个,则将该满足第一选择条件的小区作为目标小区,若满足第一选择条件的小区为多个,则从满足第一选择条件的多个小区中选择任一小区作为目标小区,或者,将满足第一选择条件的多个小区中满足下述任一种或者多种条件的小区作为目标小区:优先级最高、信号质量最优/最高、对应的小区索引最大或最小、对应的配置标识信息(如CPA-ConfigId或者其他标识形式)最小或最大;或者,第一个满足第一选择条件的小区等等。Exemplarily, in this application, that the terminal device uses a cell that meets the first selection condition as the target cell may include: if there is only one cell that meets the first selection condition, then use the cell that meets the first selection condition as the target cell, if If there are multiple cells that meet the first selection condition, select any cell from the multiple cells that meet the first selection condition as the target cell, or select any one of the following cells from the multiple cells that meet the first selection condition Or a cell with multiple conditions as the target cell: the highest priority, the best/highest signal quality, the largest or smallest corresponding cell index, and the smallest or largest corresponding configuration identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or other identification forms); or, The first cell that meets the first selection criteria, and so on.
示例性的,终端设备将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区可以包括:终端设备使用/应用包含在CPA信息中的该目标小区的参数,终端设备向该目标小区发起随机接入过程,以尝试接入该目标小区,在成功接入该目标小区后,可以与该目标小区进行数据传输。Exemplarily, adding the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell by the terminal device may include: the terminal device uses/applies the parameters of the target cell contained in the CPA information, and the terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target cell to try to access the target cell. After entering the target cell, after successfully accessing the target cell, you can perform data transmission with the target cell.
其中,目标小区的参数可以参考上文对“至少一个候选主辅小区的参数”的描述,不再赘述。For the parameters of the target cell, reference may be made to the description of "parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell" above, and details are not repeated here.
进一步可选的,终端设备成功接入到目标小区/目标主辅小区后,终端设备向目标主辅小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,可选地,该指示信息可以包括以下至少一项:第一主小区的标识信息、第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息、第一主小区的信号质量、至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量等;目标主辅小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第二消息,该第二消息用于通知第一主网络设备:第一主小区发生RLF,该第二消息中可以包含第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,或者,第二消息中可以包含上述指示信息中的至少一项。Further optionally, after the terminal device successfully accesses the target cell/target primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell indication information for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell. Optionally, the The indication information may include at least one of the following: identification information of the first primary cell, indication information of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, signal quality of the first primary cell, signal quality of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, etc.; target primary and secondary cell After the corresponding network device receives the indication information, it can send a second message to the first primary network device. The second message is used to notify the first primary network device that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, and the second message may include The indication information of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, or the second message may include at least one item of the above indication information.
进一步可选地,第一主网络设备接收到第二消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。可选地,第一主网络设备接收到第二消息后,重配新的主小区,例如,第一主网络设备可以为终端设备配置新的主小区以替换第一主小区,或者说,第一主网络设备可以为终端设备配置需要切换至的新的主小区,新的主小区与第一主小区不是同一个小区。第一主网络设备确定出新的主小区或新的主小区对应的配置信息后,一种实现方式,第一主网络设备可以将确定出新的主小区对应的配置信息发送给目标主辅小区或目标主辅小区所属的网络设备(例如,第一主网络设备可以将对应上述配置信息的PDCP SDU发送给目标主辅小区或目标主辅小区所属的网络设备),然后,目标主辅 小区所属的网络设备可以通过自身的SRB3向终端设备发送新的主小区对应的配置信息,或者,另一种实现方式,第一主网络设备可以通过split SRB1将确定出新的主小区对应的配置信息发送给目标主辅小区或目标主辅小区所属的网络设备(例如,第一主网络设备可以将对应上述配置信息的PDCP PDU或RLC SDU发送给目标主辅小区或目标主辅小区所属的网络设备),然后,目标主辅小区所属的网络设备可以向终端设备发送新的主小区对应的配置信息。其中,该新的主小区对应的配置信息可以是第一主网络设备确定的。可选地,第一主网络设备可以根据收到的第二消息,认为发生过晚CPA,后续主网络设备(如第一主网络设备或至少一个候选主辅小区所属的网络设备)可以调整CPA信息,尽量避免过晚CPA,例如通过CPA信息的调整,使得终端设备能成功接入满足主辅小区添加条件的小区或成功完成SN/SCG/PSCell添加流程,避免在SN/SCG/PSCell添加流程完成前第一主小区或第一主网络设备发生RLF。Further optionally, after the first main network device receives the second message, the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device, no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits service data with the terminal device. Optionally, after receiving the second message, the first primary network device reconfigures a new primary cell. For example, the first primary network device may configure a new primary cell for the terminal device to replace the first primary cell, or in other words, the first primary cell A primary network device can configure a new primary cell to be switched to for the terminal device, and the new primary cell and the first primary cell are not the same cell. After the first primary network device determines the new primary cell or the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell, in one implementation, the first primary network device can send the configuration information corresponding to the determined new primary cell to the target primary and secondary cell Or the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs (for example, the first primary network device can send the PDCP SDU corresponding to the above configuration information to the target primary and secondary cell or the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs), and then, the target primary and secondary cell belongs to The network device can send the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell to the terminal device through its own SRB3, or, in another implementation manner, the first primary network device can send the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell through split SRB1 To the target primary and secondary cell or the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs (for example, the first primary network device can send the PDCP PDU or RLC SDU corresponding to the above configuration information to the target primary and secondary cell or the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs) Then, the network device to which the target primary and secondary cell belongs can send configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell to the terminal device. Wherein, the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell may be determined by the first primary network device. Optionally, the first primary network device may determine that CPA has occurred too late based on the received second message, and the subsequent primary network device (such as the first primary network device or the network device to which at least one candidate primary and secondary cell belongs) may adjust the CPA Information, try to avoid late CPA, for example, through the adjustment of CPA information, so that the terminal device can successfully access the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions or successfully complete the SN/SCG/PSCell addition process, and avoid the SN/SCG/PSCell addition process RLF occurs in the first primary cell or the first primary network device before completion.
可以理解为,第一主网络设备接收到第二消息后,可以为终端设备配置新的主小区,如:第一主网络设备向目标主辅小区对应的网络设备发送配置信息,该配置信息可以用于重配主小区;目标主辅小区对应的网络设备接收到该配置信息后,将该配置信息发送给终端设备;终端设备接收到该配置信息后,根据该配置信息尝试将主小区由第一主小区变更为该配置信息中所指示的新的主小区。It can be understood that after receiving the second message, the first primary network device can configure a new primary cell for the terminal device. For example, the first primary network device sends configuration information to the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell. The configuration information can be Used to reconfigure the primary cell; after receiving the configuration information, the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell sends the configuration information to the terminal device; after receiving the configuration information, the terminal device tries to transfer the primary cell from the first cell to the first cell based on the configuration information. A primary cell is changed to the new primary cell indicated in the configuration information.
步骤5033b:终端设备将满足第一选择条件的小区作为目标小区,删除/释放第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区。Step 5033b: The terminal device uses the cell meeting the first selection condition as the target cell, deletes/releases the first primary cell, and uses the target cell as the second primary cell.
示例性的,终端设备删除/释放第一主小区可以包括:终端设备删除第一主小区对应的配置信息/参数,或者,终端设备释放与第一主小区的连接,或者,终端设备停止与第一主小区的数据传输,或者,终端设备断开与第一主小区的连接等。Exemplarily, the terminal device deleting/releasing the first primary cell may include: the terminal device deleting the configuration information/parameters corresponding to the first primary cell, or the terminal device releases the connection with the first primary cell, or the terminal device stops communicating with the first primary cell. Data transmission of a primary cell, or the terminal device disconnects from the first primary cell, etc.
示例性的,终端设备将目标小区作为第二主小区可以包括:终端设备使用/应用包含在CPA信息中的该目标小区的参数,向目标小区发起随机接入过程,在成功接入目标小区后,将该目标小区确定为新的主小区,后续终端设备可以与该目标小区进行数据传输。Exemplarily, the terminal device using the target cell as the second primary cell may include: the terminal device uses/applies the parameters of the target cell contained in the CPA information, initiates a random access procedure to the target cell, and after successfully accessing the target cell , The target cell is determined as the new primary cell, and subsequent terminal equipment can perform data transmission with the target cell.
进一步可选的,终端设备成功接入到第二主小区后,终端设备向第二主小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,该指示信息可以包括以下至少一项:第一主小区的标识信息、第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息、第一主小区的信号质量、至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量等;第二主小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第三消息,该第三消息可以用于通知第一主网络设备第一主小区发生RLF,可选的,该第三消息中可以包含第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,或者,第三消息中可以包含上述指示信息中的至少一项。第一主网络设备接收到第三消息后,断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。Further optionally, after the terminal device successfully accesses the second primary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the second primary cell indication information for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, and the indication information may include at least one of the following Items: the identification information of the first primary cell, the indication information of the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, the signal quality of the first primary cell, the signal quality of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, etc.; the network device corresponding to the second primary cell receives the After the indication information, a third message can be sent to the first primary network device. The third message can be used to notify the first primary network device that RLF has occurred in the first primary cell. Optionally, the third message can include the first primary network device. The indication information that the RLF occurs in the cell, or the third message may include at least one of the above indication information. After receiving the third message, the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device, no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits service data with the terminal device.
如此,在确定出目标主辅小区之前,当第一主小区发生RLF时,终端设备从至少一个候选主辅小区中选择满足第一选择条件的小区作为目标小区,将其添加为目标主辅小区或者作为新的主小区。由于在候选PSCell添加准备阶段,源PCell(即第一主小区)和至少一个候选PSCell之间已经进行了终端设备的上下文信息交互、且进 行了终端设备的业务数据转发,因此,终端设备可以快速接入目标小区对应的网络设备以传输业务数据,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。In this way, before determining the target primary and secondary cell, when RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects a cell that meets the first selection condition from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as the target cell, and adds it as the target primary and secondary cell Or as a new primary cell. Since in the candidate PSCell addition preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e., the first primary cell) and at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly Access the network equipment corresponding to the target cell to transmit service data, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
步骤5034b:终端设备将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区,终端设备在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程。Step 5034b: The terminal device uses a cell meeting the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as a target cell, and the terminal device performs an RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell.
其中,步骤5034b中终端设备将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区的过程可参照上述步骤5031a中终端设备将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区的过程、步骤5034b中终端设备在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程的过程可参照步骤5032a中终端设备将目标小区作为RRC重建立小区,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立过程,不再赘述。Wherein, in step 5034b, the process for the terminal device to set at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion as the target cell may refer to the above step 5031a for the terminal device to use at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion as the target cell. For the process, the process of the terminal device performing the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell in step 5034b can refer to the terminal device using the target cell as the RRC re-establishment cell in step 5032a to perform the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell, which will not be repeated.
其中,终端设备进行RRC重建立流程的过程参照现有技术,不再赘述。终端设备进行重建立的小区可以是满足S准则或者小区选择准则的任一小区,如第一主小区或其他小区等,本实施例不做限定。Among them, the process of the terminal device performing the RRC re-establishment process refers to the prior art, and will not be repeated. The cell re-established by the terminal device may be any cell that satisfies the S criterion or the cell selection criterion, such as the first primary cell or other cells, which is not limited in this embodiment.
进一步可选的,终端设备与目标小区建立RRC连接后,终端设备也可以向目标小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息。具体的,该过程可参照上述步骤5032a中终端设备向目标小区对应的网络设备发送指示信息的过程,不再赘述。Further optionally, after the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the target cell, the terminal device may also send to the network device corresponding to the target cell indication information for instructing the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell. Specifically, for the process, refer to the process in which the terminal device sends the instruction information to the network device corresponding to the target cell in step 5032a, and details are not described herein again.
如此,在确定出目标主辅小区之前,当第一主小区发生RLF且至少一个候选主辅小区中不存在满足第一选择条件的小区时,终端设备从至少一个候选主辅小区中选择满足S准则的小区作为目标小区以进行RRC重建立。由于在候选PSCell添加准备阶段,源PCell(即第一主小区)和至少一个候选PSCell中的每一个候选主辅小区之间已经进行了终端设备的上下文信息交互、且进行了终端设备的业务数据转发,因此,终端设备可以快速与目标小区对应的网络设备完成重建立流程,无需在重建立流程中进行终端上下文信息的获取流程。In this way, before the target primary and secondary cell is determined, when RLF occurs in the first primary cell and there is no cell that satisfies the first selection condition among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, the terminal device selects from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that satisfies S The standard cell is used as the target cell for RRC re-establishment. Since the candidate PSCell is added in the preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e. the first primary cell) and each candidate primary and secondary cell of the at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged context information of the terminal device and performed the service data of the terminal device. Forwarding, therefore, the terminal device can quickly complete the re-establishment process with the network device corresponding to the target cell, and there is no need to perform the terminal context information acquisition process in the re-establishment process.
步骤5031c:在定时器的有效期内,终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,若存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,则执行步骤5032c,流程结束;若在定时器的有效期内未判断出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区或者定时器超时,则执行步骤5033c,流程结束。Step 5031c: Within the validity period of the timer, the terminal device determines whether there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. If there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, step 5032c is executed, and the process ends; If no cell meeting the primary and secondary cell addition condition is determined within the validity period of the timer or the timer expires, step 5033c is executed, and the process ends.
其中,定时器(timer)可以用于限定终端设备根据CPA信息判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区的这一动作的有效时长。定时器的相关参数,如:定时器的有效期可以根据需要设置,定时器的相关参数可以由第一主网络设备在第一主小区发生RLF之前配置给终端设备(例如,第一主网络设备发送给终端设备的包含CPA信息的RRC重配置消息中包含该定时器的相关参数),也可以由协议预先规定好,不予限制。其中,终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区的过程可参照上述,不再赘述。Among them, a timer (timer) may be used to limit the effective duration of the action for the terminal device to determine whether there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition in at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the CPA information. The related parameters of the timer, such as: the validity period of the timer can be set as required, and the related parameters of the timer can be configured by the first primary network device to the terminal device before RLF occurs in the first primary cell (for example, sent by the first primary network device) The RRC reconfiguration message containing the CPA information to the terminal device contains the relevant parameters of the timer), which can also be pre-defined by the protocol and is not limited. Wherein, the process of the terminal device judging whether there is a cell satisfying the primary and secondary cell addition condition in at least one candidate primary and secondary cell can refer to the above, and will not be repeated.
例如,以定时器的有效期为10s为例。一种可能的实现方式,终端设备在接收到第一主网络设备配置的CPA信息时启动该定时器,当第一主小区发生RLF时,若该定时器未超时,则终端设备可以继续判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,若在10s内判断出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,则执行步骤 5032c,若10s内未找到满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,或者,当第一主小区发生RLF时定时器超时/结束工作,则执行步骤5033c。另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备在第一主小区发生RLF时,启动该定时器,触发定时器开始工作,终端设备在定时器的有效期内判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,若在10s内判断出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,则执行步骤5032c,若10s内未找到满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,或者,定时器超时/结束工作,则执行步骤5033c。For example, take the timer's validity period of 10s as an example. In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device starts the timer when receiving the CPA information configured by the first primary network device. When RLF occurs in the first primary cell, if the timer does not expire, the terminal device can continue to determine at least Whether there is a cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition conditions in a candidate primary and secondary cell, if it is determined within 10s that the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions is determined, step 5032c is executed, if no cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions is found within 10s , Or, when the RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the timer expires/ends work, and step 5033c is executed. In another possible implementation manner, when RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device starts the timer and triggers the timer to start working. The terminal device determines whether there is at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the requirements of the primary and secondary cells within the validity period of the timer. For the cell with the secondary cell addition condition, if the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition is determined within 10s, step 5032c is executed. If no cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition is found within 10s, or the timer expires/ends work, Step 5033c is executed.
步骤5032c:终端设备将满足主辅小区添加条件的小区作为目标小区,将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区;或者,删除/释放第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区。Step 5032c: The terminal device uses the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions as the target cell, and adds the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell; or, deletes/releases the first primary cell and sets the target cell as the second primary cell.
其中,步骤5032c可参照步骤5032b、步骤5033b所述,不再赘述。Wherein, step 5032c can refer to the description of step 5032b and step 5033b, and will not be repeated.
进一步可选的,在目标小区添加为目标主辅小区的情况下,在终端设备成功接入到目标小区/目标主辅小区后,终端设备向目标主辅小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,该指示信息的相关描述可参照步骤5032b中所述,不再赘述。进一步的,目标主辅小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第二消息,第一主网络设备接收到第二消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输,并为终端设备配置需要切换至的新的主小区。具体的,第二消息的相关描述、目标主辅小区对应的网络设备发送第二消息的过程以及第一主网络设备接收到第二消息之后的处理过程可参照步骤5032b中所述,不再赘述。Further optionally, in the case where the target cell is added as the target primary and secondary cell, after the terminal device successfully accesses the target cell/target primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell to indicate the first The indication information of the occurrence of RLF in a primary cell, and the relevant description of the indication information can refer to the description in step 5032b, which will not be repeated. Further, after receiving the indication information, the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell can send a second message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the second message, the first primary network device disconnects from the The connection of the terminal device no longer provides network services for the terminal device, no longer transmits business data with the terminal device, and configures the terminal device with a new primary cell that needs to be switched to. Specifically, for the description of the second message, the process of sending the second message by the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the second message, please refer to step 5032b, which will not be repeated here. .
进一步可选的,在终端设备将目标小区作为第二主小区,并成功接入到第二主小区后,终端设备第二主小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,该指示信息的相关描述可参照步骤5033b中所述,不再赘述。进一步的,第二主小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第三消息,第一主网络设备接收到第三消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。具体的,第三消息的相关描述、第二主小区对应的网络设备发送第三消息的过程以及第一主网络设备接收到第三消息之后的处理过程可参照步骤5033b中所述,不再赘述。Further optionally, after the terminal device uses the target cell as the second primary cell and successfully accesses the second primary cell, the network device corresponding to the second primary cell of the terminal device sends an indication for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell Information, the relevant description of the instruction information can refer to the description in step 5033b, and will not be repeated here. Further, after receiving the instruction information, the network device corresponding to the second primary cell can send a third message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the third message, the first primary network device disconnects from The connection of the terminal device no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal device. Specifically, the relevant description of the third message, the process of sending the third message by the network device corresponding to the second primary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the third message can refer to the description in step 5033b, which will not be repeated here. .
步骤5033c:终端设备将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足第二选择条件的小区作为目标小区,删除/释放第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区,或者,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程。Step 5033c: The terminal device uses the cell that meets the second selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells as the target cell, deletes/releases the first primary cell, sets the target cell as the second primary cell, or performs RRC reconfiguration on the target cell. Establish a process.
其中,终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区的过程可参照前文相应描述,终端设备在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程的过程可参照前文相应描述,不再赘述。Among them, the terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, and the process of setting the target cell as the second primary cell can refer to the corresponding description above, and the process of the terminal equipment performing the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell can refer to the corresponding description above, and will not be repeated here. .
其中,第二选择条件可以包括S准则或者为信号质量大于第二阈值。至少一个候选主辅小区中每个候选主辅小区可以对应一个第二选择条件,不同候选主辅小区对应的第二选择条件可以相同或者不同。第二阈值可以根据需要设置,第二阈值与第一阈值可以相同或不同,如第二阈值可以为低于第一阈值的一个门限值。第二阈值可以与候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息中的门限值相同或不同。第二阈值可以是协议约定的,或者是第一主网络设备发送给终端设备的,对此不做限定。本实施例中所述 的信号质量可以包括RSRP、RSRQ和SINR中的一种或者多种。Wherein, the second selection condition may include the S criterion or the signal quality is greater than the second threshold. Each of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may correspond to a second selection condition, and the second selection conditions corresponding to different candidate primary and secondary cells may be the same or different. The second threshold may be set as required, and the second threshold may be the same or different from the first threshold. For example, the second threshold may be a threshold lower than the first threshold. The second threshold may be the same as or different from the threshold in the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate primary and secondary cell. The second threshold may be agreed upon by a protocol, or sent by the first main network device to the terminal device, which is not limited. The signal quality described in this embodiment may include one or more of RSRP, RSRQ, and SINR.
示例性的,若第二选择条件包括S准则,则终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足第二选择条件的小区可以包括:终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中的某个或某些候选主辅小区的信号质量是否满足S准则,若候选主辅小区的信号质量满足S准则,则可以将该主辅小区确定为满足第二选择条件的小区,反之,则可以确定该主辅小区不满足第二选择条件。Exemplarily, if the second selection condition includes the S criterion, the terminal device judging whether there is a cell satisfying the second selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may include: the terminal device judging one or the other of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell Whether the signal quality of some candidate primary and secondary cells meets the S criterion, if the signal quality of the candidate primary and secondary cell meets the S criterion, the primary and secondary cell can be determined as the cell that meets the second selection condition, otherwise, the primary and secondary cell can be determined The secondary cell does not meet the second selection condition.
若第二选择条件包括信号质量大于第二阈值,则终端设备判断至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足第二选择条件的小区可以包括:判断至少一个候选主辅小区中的某个或某些候选主辅小区的信号质量是否高于第二阈值,若某个候选主辅小区的信号质量高于第二阈值,则可以将该候选主辅小区确定为满足第二选择条件的小区,反之,则可以确定该候选主辅小区不满足第二选择条件。If the second selection condition includes that the signal quality is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device judging whether there is a cell that meets the second selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells may include: judging one or some of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells Whether the signal quality of the candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the second threshold, if the signal quality of a certain candidate primary and secondary cell is higher than the second threshold, the candidate primary and secondary cell can be determined as a cell that meets the second selection condition, and vice versa, It can be determined that the candidate primary and secondary cell does not meet the second selection condition.
需要说明的是,本申请中,候选主辅小区中满足第二选择条件的小区可以为一个或者多个。终端设备将满足第二选择条件的小区作为目标小区可以包括:若满足第二选择条件的小区为一个,则将该满足第二选择条件的小区作为目标小区,若满足第二选择条件的小区为多个,则从满足第二选择条件的多个小区中选择任一小区作为目标小区,或者,将满足第二选择条件的多个候选主辅小区中满足下述任一种或者多种条件的候选主辅小区作为目标小区:优先级最高、信号质量最优(或最高)、对应的小区索引最小或最大、对应的配置标识信息(如CPA-ConfigId或其他标识形式)最小或最大;或者,第一个满足第二选择条件的小区等等。It should be noted that, in this application, there may be one or more cells that meet the second selection condition among the candidate primary and secondary cells. The terminal device using the cell that meets the second selection condition as the target cell may include: if there is one cell that meets the second selection condition, then the cell that meets the second selection condition is set as the target cell, and if the cell that meets the second selection condition is If multiple, select any cell from multiple cells that meet the second selection condition as the target cell, or select one of multiple candidate primary and secondary cells that meet the second selection condition that meets any one or more of the following conditions The candidate primary and secondary cell as the target cell: the highest priority, the best (or highest) signal quality, the smallest or largest corresponding cell index, and the smallest or largest corresponding configuration identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or other identification forms); or, The first cell that satisfies the second selection condition, and so on.
进一步可选的,在开始执行步骤5033c时,若第二选择条件为信号质量大于第二阈值,且第二阈值与候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息中对应的门限值不同,则终端设备可以停止/不再判断至少一个候选主辅小区是否满足主辅小区添加条件,以降低终端设备的功率消耗,进一步可选地,终端设备可以删除/释放CPA信息。可选地,在开始执行步骤5033c时,若第二选择条件为信号质量大于第二阈值,终端设备在执行步骤5033c时,终端设备可以判断至少一个候选主辅小区是否满足S准则,不予限制。Further optionally, when starting to perform step 5033c, if the second selection condition is that the signal quality is greater than the second threshold, and the second threshold is different from the corresponding threshold in the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of the candidate primary and secondary cell, then The terminal device can stop/no longer determine whether at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. Further, optionally, the terminal device can delete/release the CPA information. Optionally, when starting to perform step 5033c, if the second selection condition is that the signal quality is greater than the second threshold, when the terminal device performs step 5033c, the terminal device can determine whether at least one candidate primary and secondary cell meets the S criterion, which is not limited .
进一步可选的,终端设备在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程后,终端设备向目标小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,该指示信息的相关描述可参照步骤5032a中所述,不再赘述。进一步的,目标小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第一消息,第一主网络设备接收到第一消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。具体的,第一消息的相关描述、目标小区对应的网络设备发送第一消息的过程以及第一主网络设备接收到第一消息后的处理过程可参照步骤5032a中所述,不再赘述。Further optionally, after the terminal device performs the RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target cell the indication information used to indicate the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, and the relevant description of the indication information can refer to the steps The description in 5032a will not be repeated here. Further, after receiving the indication information, the network device corresponding to the target cell can send a first message to the first main network device. After the first main network device receives the first message, the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device. The connection, no longer provides network services for the terminal equipment, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal equipment. Specifically, the related description of the first message, the process of sending the first message by the network device corresponding to the target cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the first message can refer to the description in step 5032a, and will not be repeated.
如此,在确定出目标主辅小区之前,当第一主小区发生RLF时,终端设备在有效期内从候选主辅小区中选择满足主辅小区添加条件的小区作为目标小区,以进行添加(如将该目标小区添加为目标主辅小区)或者将该目标小区作为新的主小区,或者,在定时器超时后,选择满足第二选择条件的目标小区进行RRC重建立或者作为新的主小区。由于在候选PSCell添加准备阶段,源PCell(即第一主小区)和至少一 个候选PSCell之间已经进行了终端设备的上下文信息交互、且进行了终端设备的业务数据转发,因此,终端设备可以快速接入目标小区对应的网络设备以传输业务数据,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。In this way, before determining the target primary and secondary cell, when RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device selects the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions from the candidate primary and secondary cells within the validity period as the target cell to add (e.g. Add the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell) or use the target cell as a new primary cell, or, after the timer expires, select a target cell that satisfies the second selection condition for RRC re-establishment or as a new primary cell. Since in the candidate PSCell addition preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e., the first primary cell) and at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly Access the network equipment corresponding to the target cell to transmit service data, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
图5所示方法对终端设备确定出目标主辅小区之前,第一主小区发生RLF的场景下,本申请提供的通信方法进行了描述,下面结合图3所示通信系统,以图6所示方法为例,对终端设备确定出目标主辅小区之后但未成功接入该目标主辅小区之前,第一主小区发生RLF的场景下的通信方法进行描述:The method shown in Figure 5 describes the communication method provided in this application in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell before the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell. The method is taken as an example to describe the communication method in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell after the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell but before successfully accessing the target primary and secondary cell:
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图,如图6所示,所述方法包括:Fig. 6 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 6, the method includes:
步骤601:终端设备从第一主网络设备接收CPA信息。Step 601: The terminal device receives CPA information from the first main network device.
其中,步骤601可参照步骤501所述,不再赘述。Wherein, step 601 can refer to the description of step 501, and will not be repeated.
步骤602:终端设备根据CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区之后,接入第一主辅小区之前,终端设备检测到第一主小区发生RLF。Step 602: After the terminal device determines the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell based on the CPA information, the terminal device detects the first primary and secondary cell before accessing the first primary and secondary cell RLF occurs.
其中,第一主辅小区可以为至少一个候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的一个小区。至少一个候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的小区可以有一个或多个,具体的,如果至少一个候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的小区有多个,则可以将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的多个小区中的任意一个小区确定为第一主辅小区,或者,第一主辅小区可以为至少一个候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的多个小区中满足下述任一种或者多种条件的小区:优先级最高、信号质量最优(或最高)、对应的小区索引最小或最大、对应的配置标识信息(如CPA-ConfigId或其他标识形式)最小或最大;或者,第一个满足主辅小区添加条件的小区等等。Wherein, the first primary and secondary cell may be a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. There may be one or more cells that meet the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells in at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. Specifically, if there are multiple cells that meet the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, at least one Any one of the multiple cells that meet the primary and secondary cell addition conditions among the candidate primary and secondary cells is determined to be the first primary and secondary cell, or the first primary and secondary cell may be at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions Among the multiple cells, the cell that meets any one or more of the following conditions: the highest priority, the best (or highest) signal quality, the smallest or largest corresponding cell index, and the corresponding configuration identification information (such as CPA-ConfigId or Other identification forms) minimum or maximum; or, the first cell that meets the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells, and so on.
具体的,终端设备根据CPA信息从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区的过程可参照上述,终端设备检测到第一主小区发生RLF的过程可参照步骤502所述,不再赘述。Specifically, the process for the terminal equipment to determine the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the CPA information can refer to the above, and the process for the terminal equipment to detect that RLF occurs in the first primary cell can refer to The description of step 502 will not be repeated here.
其中,第一主辅小区可以为待添加的目标主辅小区;或者第一主辅小区或至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区可以为RRC重建小区,终端设备可以在第一主辅小区或至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区上进行RRC重建立流程;或者将第一主辅小区作为新的主小区,如终端设备可以删除/释放第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为新的主小区(如记做第二主小区)等。Among them, the first primary and secondary cell can be the target primary and secondary cell to be added; or the first primary and secondary cell or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion can be the RRC reestablished cell, and the terminal device can be in the first primary and secondary cell. The RRC re-establishment process is performed on the cell or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion; or the first primary and secondary cell is used as the new primary cell. For example, the terminal device can delete/release the first primary cell and set the first primary and secondary cell The secondary cell serves as the new primary cell (for example, it is recorded as the second primary cell) and so on.
进一步的,图6所示方法还可以包括:步骤603或者步骤604或者步骤605。具体的,终端设备执行步骤603、步骤604以及步骤605中的哪个步骤可以是预先配置好的或者协议规定好的,或者,网络设备可以指示终端设备执行哪个步骤,不予限制。Further, the method shown in FIG. 6 may further include: step 603 or step 604 or step 605. Specifically, which step of step 603, step 604, and step 605 is performed by the terminal device may be pre-configured or stipulated by the protocol, or the network device may instruct the terminal device to perform which step, which is not limited.
步骤603:终端设备将第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区。Step 603: The terminal device adds the first primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell.
例如,终端设备可以继续接入第一主辅小区。具体的,步骤603参照步骤5032b中将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区的过程,不再赘述。For example, the terminal device can continue to access the first primary and secondary cell. Specifically, in step 603, refer to the process of adding the target cell as the target primary and secondary cell in step 5032b, and details are not described herein again.
进一步可选的,终端设备成功接入到第一主辅小区后,终端设备向第一主辅小区对应的网络设备发送指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,该指示信息的相关描述可参照步骤5032b中所述,不再赘述。进一步的,第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第二消息,第一主网络设备接收到第二消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输,并为终端设备配置需要切换至的新的主小区。具体的,第二消息的相关描述、第一主辅小区对应的网络设备发送第二消息的过程以及第一主网络设备接收到第二消息之后的处理过程可参照步骤5032b中目标小区(或目标主辅小区)对应的网络设备发送第二消息以及第一主网络设备接收到第二消息后的处理过程,不再赘述。Further optionally, after the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell indication information indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell. For the relevant description of the indication information, please refer to The description in step 5032b will not be repeated. Further, after receiving the indication information, the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell may send a second message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the second message, the first primary network device disconnects The connection with the terminal equipment no longer provides network services for the terminal equipment, no longer transmits business data with the terminal equipment, and configures the terminal equipment with a new primary cell that needs to be switched to. Specifically, the related description of the second message, the process of sending the second message by the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the second message can refer to the target cell (or target cell) in step 5032b. The processing procedure after the network device corresponding to the primary and secondary cell sends the second message and the first primary network device receives the second message will not be repeated.
步骤604:终端设备确定目标小区,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程。Step 604: The terminal device determines the target cell, and performs an RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell.
示例性的,终端设备确定目标小区可以包括:终端设备将第一主辅小区作为目标小区;或者,终端设备停止接入第一主辅小区,将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区。Exemplarily, determining the target cell by the terminal device may include: the terminal device uses the first primary and secondary cell as the target cell; or, the terminal device stops accessing the first primary and secondary cell, and selects the cell that meets the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell As the target cell.
如果目标小区是第一主辅小区,则终端设备继续接入第一主辅小区,与该第一主辅小区进行RRC重建立流程;If the target cell is the first primary and secondary cell, the terminal device continues to access the first primary and secondary cell, and performs an RRC re-establishment procedure with the first primary and secondary cell;
如果目标小区是至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区,则终端设备停止接入第一主辅小区(如停止与第一主辅小区的随机接入过程),与目标小区进行RRC重建立流程。其中,终端设备将至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为目标小区的过程可参照步骤5031a所述,终端设备在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程的过程可参照上述步骤5032a所述,不再赘述。If the target cell is a cell that meets the S criterion among at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, the terminal device stops accessing the first primary and secondary cell (such as stopping the random access procedure with the first primary and secondary cell), and performs RRC reconfiguration with the target cell. Establish a process. Wherein, the process of the terminal device using at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion as the target cell may refer to step 5031a, and the process of performing the RRC re-establishment process on the target cell by the terminal device may refer to the above step 5032a. No longer.
进一步可选的,终端设备在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程后,终端设备向目标小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,该指示信息的相关描述可参照步骤5032a中所述,不再赘述。进一步的,目标小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第一消息,第一主网络设备接收到第一消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。具体的,第一消息的相关描述、目标小区对应的网络设备发送第一消息的过程以及第一主网络设备接收到第一消息后的处理过程可参照步骤5032a中所述,不再赘述。Further optionally, after the terminal device performs the RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the target cell the indication information used to indicate the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell, and the relevant description of the indication information can refer to the steps The description in 5032a will not be repeated here. Further, after receiving the indication information, the network device corresponding to the target cell can send a first message to the first main network device. After the first main network device receives the first message, the first main network device disconnects from the terminal device. The connection, no longer provides network services for the terminal equipment, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal equipment. Specifically, the related description of the first message, the process of sending the first message by the network device corresponding to the target cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the first message can refer to the description in step 5032a, and will not be repeated.
步骤605:终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区。Step 605: The terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, and uses the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell.
例如,终端设备可以继续接入第一主辅小区,在成功接入第一主辅小区后,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区。具体地,终端设备可以在成功接入第一主辅小区之前,或者在成功接入第一主辅小区之后,或者,终端设备可以在成功接入第一主辅小区时,删除/释放第一主小区。For example, the terminal device may continue to access the first primary and secondary cell, and after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, use the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell. Specifically, the terminal device may successfully access the first primary and secondary cell before successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, or after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, or the terminal device may delete/release the first primary and secondary cell when successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell. Main cell.
具体的,终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区的过程可参照步骤5033b中终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区的过程,不再赘述。Specifically, the terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, and uses the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell. Refer to the terminal device’s deletion/release of the first primary cell in step 5033b and the target cell as the second primary cell. The process will not be repeated here.
进一步可选的,终端设备将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区,并成功接入到第二主小区后,终端设备第二主小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的 指示信息,该指示信息的相关描述可参照步骤5033b中所述,不再赘述。进一步的,第二主小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第三消息,第一主网络设备接收到第三消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。具体的,第三消息的相关描述、第二主小区对应的网络设备发送第三消息的过程以及第一主网络设备接收到第三消息之后的处理过程可参照步骤5033b中所述,不再赘述。Further optionally, after the terminal device uses the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell and successfully accesses the second primary cell, the network device corresponding to the second primary cell of the terminal device sends an instruction to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell. For the related description of the instruction information, please refer to the description in step 5033b, which will not be repeated here. Further, after receiving the instruction information, the network device corresponding to the second primary cell can send a third message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the third message, the first primary network device disconnects from The connection of the terminal device no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal device. Specifically, the relevant description of the third message, the process of sending the third message by the network device corresponding to the second primary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the third message can refer to the description in step 5033b, which will not be repeated here. .
基于图6所示方法,可以在确定出目标主辅小区(即第一主辅小区)之后未接入目标主辅小区之前,第一主小区发生RLF的场景下,终端设备将确定出的第一主辅小区作为待添加的目标主辅小区,继续接入,或者将第一主辅小区或至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为RRC重建小区,在第一主辅小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者将第一主辅小区作为新的主小区。由于在候选PSCell添加准备阶段,源PCell(即第一主小区)和至少一个候选PSCell之间已经进行了终端设备的上下文信息交互、且进行了终端设备的业务数据转发,因此,终端设备可以快速接入目标小区对应的网络设备以传输业务数据,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。Based on the method shown in Figure 6, after determining the target primary and secondary cell (i.e., the first primary and secondary cell) before accessing the target primary and secondary cell, in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell, the terminal device will determine the first primary and secondary cell. A primary and secondary cell as the target primary and secondary cell to be added, continue to access, or use the first primary and secondary cell or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that meets the S criterion as the RRC reestablishment cell, and proceed on the first primary and secondary cell RRC re-establishment procedure, or use the first primary and secondary cell as the new primary cell. Since in the candidate PSCell addition preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e., the first primary cell) and at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly Access the network equipment corresponding to the target cell to transmit service data, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
图5所示方法对终端设备确定出目标主辅小区之前,第一主小区发生RLF的场景下本申请提供的通信方法,图6所示方法针对确定出目标主辅小区但未接入目标主辅小区之前,第一主小区发生RLF的场景下的通信方法进行描述,下面结合图3所示通信系统,以图7所示方法为例,对终端设备确定出目标主辅小区并接入目标主辅小区之后,第一主小区发生RLF的场景下的通信方法进行描述:The method shown in FIG. 5 is the communication method provided by this application in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell before the terminal device determines the target primary and secondary cell. The method shown in FIG. Before the secondary cell, the communication method in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell will be described. The following describes the communication system shown in Figure 3 and the method shown in Figure 7 as an example to determine the target primary and secondary cell for the terminal device and access the target After the primary and secondary cells, the communication method in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell is described:
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图,如图7所示,所述方法包括:Fig. 7 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 7, the method includes:
步骤701:终端设备从第一主网络设备接收CPA信息。Step 701: The terminal device receives CPA information from the first main network device.
其中,步骤701可参照步骤501所述,不再赘述。Wherein, step 701 can refer to the description of step 501, and will not be repeated.
步骤702:终端设备根据CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的目标主辅小区:第一主辅小区,并成功接入第一主辅小区。Step 702: According to the CPA information, the terminal device determines a target primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell: the first primary and secondary cell, and successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell.
其中,步骤702可参照现有技术,不再赘述。Wherein, step 702 can refer to the prior art and will not be repeated.
步骤703:终端设备检测到第一主小区发生RLF,终端设备执行步骤704或者步骤705。具体的,终端设备执行步骤704、步骤705中哪个步骤可以是预先配置好的或者协议规定好的,或者,网络设备可以指示终端设备执行哪个步骤,不予限制。Step 703: The terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary cell, and the terminal device executes step 704 or step 705. Specifically, which step of step 704 or step 705 is performed by the terminal device may be pre-configured or stipulated by the protocol, or the network device may instruct the terminal device which step to perform, which is not limited.
其中,终端设备检测到第一主小区发生RLF的过程可参照步骤502所述,不再赘述。For the process of the terminal device detecting that the RLF occurs in the first primary cell, reference may be made to step 502, which will not be repeated.
步骤704:终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,将第一主辅小区确定为第二主小区。Step 704: The terminal device deletes/releases the first primary cell, and determines the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell.
其中,终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区的过程可参照步骤5033b中终端设备删除/释放第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区的过程,不再赘述。For the process of deleting/releasing the first primary cell by the terminal equipment and using the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell, please refer to the process of deleting/releasing the first primary cell by the terminal equipment and using the target cell as the second primary cell in step 5033b. ,No longer.
进一步可选的,终端设备将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区,并成功接入到第二主小区后,终端设备第二主小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息,该指示信息的相关描述可参照步骤5033b中所述,不再赘述。进一步的, 第二主小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第三消息,第一主网络设备接收到第三消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。具体的,第三消息的相关描述、第二主小区对应的网络设备发送第三消息的过程以及第一主网络设备接收到第三消息之后的处理过程可参照步骤5033b中所述,不再赘述。Further optionally, after the terminal device uses the first primary and secondary cell as the second primary cell and successfully accesses the second primary cell, the network device corresponding to the second primary cell of the terminal device sends an instruction to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell. For the related description of the instruction information, please refer to the description in step 5033b, which will not be repeated here. Further, after receiving the instruction information, the network device corresponding to the second primary cell can send a third message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the third message, the first primary network device disconnects from The connection of the terminal device no longer provides network services for the terminal device, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal device. Specifically, the relevant description of the third message, the process of sending the third message by the network device corresponding to the second primary cell, and the processing process after the first primary network device receives the third message can refer to the description in step 5033b, which will not be repeated here. .
步骤705:终端设备通过第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收第一主网络设备配置的配置信息,该配置信息用于重配主小区。Step 705: The terminal device receives the configuration information configured by the first primary network device through the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
其中,步骤705可参照步骤5032b中终端设备通过目标主辅小区对应的网络设备获取到第一主网络设备提供的用于重配置主小区的配置信息的过程,如:终端设备成功接入到第一主辅小区后,终端设备向第一主辅小区对应的网络设备发送用于指示第一主小区发生RLF的指示信息。第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收到该指示信息后,可以给第一主网络设备发送第二消息,第一主网络设备接收到第二消息后,第一主网络设备断开与终端设备的连接,不再为终端设备提供网络服务,不再与终端设备进行业务数据的传输。可选地,第一主网络设备接收到第二消息后,重配新的主小区,向第一主辅小区对应的网络设备发送配置信息,该配置信息可以用于重配主小区;第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收到该配置信息后,将该配置信息发送给终端设备;终端设备接收到该配置信息后,根据该配置信息尝试将主小区由第一主小区变更为该配置信息中所指示的新的主小区。Wherein, step 705 can refer to the process in step 5032b in which the terminal device obtains the configuration information provided by the first primary network device for reconfiguring the primary cell through the network device corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell. For example, the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary cell. After a primary and secondary cell, the terminal device sends to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell indication information for indicating that RLF occurs in the first primary cell. After receiving the instruction information, the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell can send a second message to the first primary network device. After the first primary network device receives the second message, the first primary network device disconnects from the terminal device. The connection, no longer provides network services for the terminal equipment, and no longer transmits business data with the terminal equipment. Optionally, after receiving the second message, the first primary network device reconfigures the new primary cell, and sends configuration information to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information can be used to reconfigure the primary cell; After receiving the configuration information, the network device corresponding to the primary and secondary cell sends the configuration information to the terminal device; after receiving the configuration information, the terminal device attempts to change the primary cell from the first primary cell to the configuration information based on the configuration information The new primary cell indicated in.
其中,指示信息以及第二消息的相关描述、第一主网络设备配置新的主小区、第一主辅小区(即目标主辅小区)对应的网络设备向第一主网络设备发送第二消息的过程以及第一主网络设备接收到第二消息之后的处理过程、以及第一主辅小区(即目标主辅小区)对应的网络设备向终端设备发送新的主小区对应的配置信息的过程可参照步骤5032b中所述,不再赘述。Among them, the instruction information and the related description of the second message, the first primary network device configures the new primary cell, and the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell (that is, the target primary and secondary cell) sends the second message to the first primary network device For the procedure and the processing procedure after the first primary network device receives the second message, and the procedure for the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell (that is, the target primary and secondary cell) to send the configuration information corresponding to the new primary cell to the terminal device, please refer to The description in step 5032b will not be repeated.
基于图7所示方法,终端设备可以在成功接入目标主辅小区之后,第一主小区发生RLF的场景下,终端设备从第一主辅小区获取第一主网络设备重配置的新的主小区,或者将第一主辅小区作为新的主小区。由于在候选PSCell添加准备阶段,源PCell(即第一主小区)和至少一个候选PSCell之间已经进行了终端设备的上下文信息交互、且进行了终端设备的业务数据转发,因此,终端设备可以快速接入目标小区对应的网络设备以传输业务数据,减少终端设备与网络设备之间的业务中断时间,保证终端设备与网络设备之间的业务传输。Based on the method shown in Figure 7, the terminal device can obtain the new primary and secondary network equipment reconfigured by the first primary and secondary cell in the scenario where RLF occurs in the first primary cell after successfully accessing the target primary and secondary cell. Cell, or the first primary and secondary cell as the new primary cell. Since in the candidate PSCell adding preparation phase, the source PCell (i.e. the first primary cell) and at least one candidate PSCell have already exchanged the context information of the terminal device and forwarded the service data of the terminal device. Therefore, the terminal device can quickly Access the network equipment corresponding to the target cell to transmit service data, reduce the service interruption time between the terminal equipment and the network equipment, and ensure the service transmission between the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
上述主要从各个节点之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个节点,例如网络设备、终端设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤,本申请实施例的方法能够以硬件、软件、或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various nodes. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, each node, such as a network device and a terminal device, includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the method of the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对网络设备、终端设备进行功能模块的划 分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application can divide network devices and terminal devices into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
图8示出了一种通信装置80的结构图,该通信装置80可以为终端设备、终端设备中的芯片、片上系统或者其他能够实现上述方法中终端设备的功能的装置等,该通信装置80可以用于执行上述方法实施例中涉及的终端设备的功能。作为一种可实现方式,图8所示通信装置80包括:接收单元801、处理单元802;FIG. 8 shows a structural diagram of a communication device 80. The communication device 80 may be a terminal device, a chip in a terminal device, a system on a chip, or other devices that can implement the functions of the terminal device in the above method. The communication device 80 It can be used to perform the functions of the terminal device involved in the foregoing method embodiments. As an implementable manner, the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 includes: a receiving unit 801 and a processing unit 802;
一种可能的设计中,接收单元801,用于从第一主网络设备接收指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息。例如,接收单元801可以支持通信装置80执行步骤501。In a possible design, the receiving unit 801 is configured to receive, from the first primary network device, CPA information indicating the parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell. For example, the receiving unit 801 may support the communication device 80 to perform step 501.
处理单元802,用于在根据CPA信息确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区前,检测到第一主小区发生RLF,从至少一个候选主辅小区中,确定目标小区,将目标小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者在目标小区上进行无线资源控制RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将目标小区作为第二主小区。例如,处理单元802可以支持通信装置80执行步骤502、步骤5031a、步骤5032a、步骤5031b、步骤5032b、步骤5033b、步骤5034b、步骤5031c、步骤5032c以及步骤5033c等。The processing unit 802 is configured to detect the occurrence of RLF in the first primary cell before determining the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions according to the CPA information, determine the target cell from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and add the target cell as the target For the primary and secondary cells, either perform a radio resource control RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as the second primary cell. For example, the processing unit 802 may support the communication device 80 to perform step 502, step 5031a, step 5032a, step 5031b, step 5032b, step 5033b, step 5034b, step 5031c, step 5032c, step 5033c, and so on.
具体的,上述图5所示方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。通信装置80用于执行图5所示方法所示通信方法中终端设备的功能,因此可以达到与上述通信方法相同的效果。Specifically, all relevant content of each step involved in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 5 can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here. The communication device 80 is used to perform the functions of the terminal device in the communication method shown in the method shown in FIG. 5, and therefore can achieve the same effect as the above-mentioned communication method.
一种可能的设计中,处理单元802,用于根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,若在终端设备成功接入第一主辅小区前,检测到第一主小区发生RLF,将第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者,确定目标小区,在目标小区上进行RRC重建立流程,或者删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区作为第二主小区。例如,处理单元802可以支持通信装置80执行步骤602、步骤603、步骤604、步骤605。In a possible design, the processing unit 802 is configured to receive from the first primary network device the parameter indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, from At least one candidate primary and secondary cell determines the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions. If the terminal device detects that RLF occurs in the first primary and secondary cell before the terminal device successfully accesses the first primary and secondary cell, the first primary and secondary cell will be The cell is added as a target primary and secondary cell, or the target cell is determined, and the RRC re-establishment process is performed on the target cell, or the first primary cell is deleted, and the first primary and secondary cell is used as the second primary cell. For example, the processing unit 802 may support the communication device 80 to perform step 602, step 603, step 604, and step 605.
具体的,上述图6所示方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。通信装置80用于执行图6所示方法所示通信方法中终端设备的功能,因此可以达到与上述通信方法相同的效果。Specifically, all relevant content of each step involved in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here. The communication device 80 is used to perform the functions of the terminal device in the communication method shown in the method shown in FIG. 6, and therefore can achieve the same effect as the above-mentioned communication method.
一种可能的设计中,处理单元802,用于根据从第一主网络设备接收的指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息的CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,若在成功接入第一主辅小区后,检测到第一主小区发生RLF,删除第一主小区,将第一主辅小区确定为第二主小区;或者,通过第一主辅小区对应的网络设备接收第一主网络设备配置的配置信息,该配置信息用于重配主小区。例如,处理单元802可以支持通信装置80执行步骤702、步骤703、步骤704以及步骤705。In a possible design, the processing unit 802 is configured to receive from the first primary network device the parameter indicating at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the CPA information of the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell, from At least one candidate primary and secondary cell determines the first primary and secondary cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition conditions. If RLF is detected in the first primary and secondary cell after successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, the first primary cell is deleted and the primary secondary cell is deleted. The first primary and secondary cell is determined to be the second primary cell; or, the configuration information configured by the first primary network device is received through a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell. For example, the processing unit 802 may support the communication device 80 to perform step 702, step 703, step 704, and step 705.
具体的,上述图7所示方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。通信装置80用于执行图7所示方法所示通 信方法中终端设备的功能,因此可以达到与上述通信方法相同的效果。Specifically, all relevant content of each step involved in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7 can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here. The communication device 80 is used to perform the function of the terminal device in the communication method shown in the method shown in FIG. 7, and therefore can achieve the same effect as the above-mentioned communication method.
作为又一种可实现方式,图8所示通信装置80包括:处理模块和通信模块。处理模块用于对通信装置80的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理模块可以集成处理单元802的功能,可以用于支持该通信装置80执行步骤502、步骤5031a、步骤5032a、步骤5031b、步骤5032b、步骤5033b、步骤5034b、步骤5031c、步骤5032c以及步骤5033c、步骤602、步骤603、步骤604、步骤605、步骤702、步骤703、步骤704、步骤705及本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信模块可以集成接收单元801的功能,可以用于支持通信装置80执行步骤501以及与其他网络实体的通信,例如与图3示出的功能模块或网络实体之间的通信。该通信装置80还可以包括存储模块,用于存储指令和/或数据。该指令被处理模块执行时,使得处理模块实现上述终端设备所执行的方法。As yet another achievable manner, the communication device 80 shown in FIG. 8 includes: a processing module and a communication module. The processing module is used to control and manage the actions of the communication device 80. For example, the processing module can integrate the functions of the processing unit 802 and can be used to support the communication device 80 to perform steps 502, 5031a, 5032a, 5031b, 5032b, Step 5033b, step 5034b, step 5031c, step 5032c, step 5033c, step 602, step 603, step 604, step 605, step 702, step 703, step 704, step 705 and other processes of the technology described herein. The communication module can integrate the functions of the receiving unit 801, and can be used to support the communication device 80 to perform step 501 and communicate with other network entities, such as the communication with the functional module or network entities shown in FIG. 3. The communication device 80 may also include a storage module for storing instructions and/or data. When the instruction is executed by the processing module, the processing module implements the method executed by the above terminal device.
其中,处理模块可以是处理器、控制器、模块或电路。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框。通信模块可以是收发电路、管脚、接口电路、总线接口、或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。当处理模块为处理器,通信模块为通信接口,存储模块为存储器时,本申请实施例涉及的通信装置80可以为图4所示通信装置。Among them, the processing module may be a processor, a controller, a module, or a circuit. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The communication module may be a transceiver circuit, a pin, an interface circuit, a bus interface, or a communication interface. The storage module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the communication device 80 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 4.
在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, and may implement or Perform the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
在本申请实施例中,存储器可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (random-access memory, RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function for storing instructions and/or data.
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构图,如图9所示,该通信系统可以包括:终端设备90、多个网络设备91。终端设备90可以为支持DC的终端设备。网络设备91可以包括与终端设备90连接的主网络设备以及待添加的辅网络设备。FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 9, the communication system may include: a terminal device 90 and multiple network devices 91. The terminal device 90 may be a terminal device that supports DC. The network device 91 may include a main network device connected to the terminal device 90 and an auxiliary network device to be added.
其中,终端设备90可以具有上述通信装置80的功能,不再赘述。Wherein, the terminal device 90 may have the function of the above-mentioned communication device 80, which will not be repeated here.
具体的,终端设备90的具体实现过程可参照上述图5-图7方法实施例中终端设备的执行过程,在此不再赘述。Specifically, for the specific implementation process of the terminal device 90, refer to the execution process of the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments of FIG. 5 to FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读存储介质可以是前述任一实施例的终端装置,如:包括数据发送端和/或数据接收端的内部存储单元,例如终端装置的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读存储介质也可以是上述终 端装置的外部存储设备,例如上述终端装置上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC),安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地,上述计算机可读存储介质还可以既包括上述终端装置的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读存储介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述终端装置所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读存储介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware. The program may be stored in the foregoing computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it may include processes as in the foregoing method embodiments. . The computer-readable storage medium may be the terminal device of any of the foregoing embodiments, such as an internal storage unit including a data sending end and/or a data receiving end, such as a hard disk or memory of the terminal device. The computer-readable storage medium may also be an external storage device of the terminal device, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart media card (SMC), or a secure digital (SD) card equipped on the terminal device. Flash card, etc. Further, the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium may also include both an internal storage unit of the aforementioned terminal device and an external storage device. The aforementioned computer-readable storage medium is used to store the aforementioned computer program and other programs and data required by the aforementioned terminal device. The aforementioned computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or will be output.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机指令。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机指令来指令相关的硬件(如计算机、处理器、网络设备、和终端等)完成。该程序可被存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer instruction. All or part of the procedures in the foregoing method embodiments may be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as computers, processors, network devices, and terminals). The program can be stored in the aforementioned computer-readable storage medium.
需要说明的是,本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。It should be noted that the terms "first" and "second" in the specification, claims, and drawings of this application are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific sequence. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally includes unlisted steps or units, or optionally also includes Other steps or units inherent in these processes, methods, products or equipment.
应当理解,在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上,“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上,“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。It should be understood that in this application, "at least one (item)" refers to one or more, "multiple" refers to two or more than two, and "at least two (item)" refers to two or three And three or more, "and/or" is used to describe the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A, only B, and A at the same time And B three cases, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one (a) of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c" ", where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,“与A对应的B”表示B与A相关联。例如,可以根据A可以确定B。还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。此外,本申请实施例中出现的“连接”是指直接连接或者间接连接等各种连接方式,以实现设备间的通信,本申请实施例对此不做任何限定。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A. For example, B can be determined from A. It should also be understood that determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information. In addition, the "connection" appearing in the embodiments of the present application refers to various connection modes such as direct connection or indirect connection to implement communication between devices, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中出现的“传输”(transmit/transmission)如无特别说明,是指双向传输,包含发送和/或接收的动作。具体地,本申请实施例中的“传输”包含数据的发送,数据的接收,或者数据的发送和数据的接收。或者说,这里的数据传输包括上行和/或下行数据传输。数据可以包括信道和/或信号,上行数据传输即上行信道和/或上行信号传输,下行数据传输即下行信道和/或下行信号传输。本申请实施例中出现的“网络”与“系统”表达的是同一概念,通信系统即为通信网络。Unless otherwise specified, "transmit/transmission" in the embodiments of the present application refers to two-way transmission, including sending and/or receiving actions. Specifically, the "transmission" in the embodiments of the present application includes the sending of data, the receiving of data, or the sending of data and the receiving of data. In other words, the data transmission here includes uplink and/or downlink data transmission. Data may include channels and/or signals. Uplink data transmission means uplink channel and/or uplink signal transmission, and downlink data transmission means downlink channel and/or downlink signal transmission. The "network" and "system" appearing in the embodiments of the present application express the same concept, and the communication system is the communication network.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated according to needs. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate, and the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备,如:可以是单片机,芯片等,或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to enable a device, such as a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc., or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be covered by the protection scope of this application. . Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (17)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    从第一主网络设备接收条件主辅小区添加CPA信息,所述CPA信息指示至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个所述候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息;Receiving, from the first primary network device, conditional primary and secondary cell addition CPA information, where the CPA information indicates parameters of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell;
    根据所述CPA信息确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区前,检测到第一主小区发生无线链路失败RLF,所述第一主小区由所述第一主网络设备管理;Before determining, according to the CPA information, a cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition condition, it is detected that the first primary cell has a radio link failure RLF, and the first primary cell is managed by the first primary network device;
    从所述至少一个候选主辅小区中,确定目标小区;Determine a target cell from the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell;
    将所述目标小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者在所述目标小区上进行无线资源控制RRC重建立流程,或者删除所述第一主小区,将所述目标小区作为第二主小区。Add the target cell as a target primary and secondary cell, or perform a radio resource control RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and use the target cell as a second primary cell.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定目标小区,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining the target cell comprises:
    将所述至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为所述目标小区。Taking a cell that meets the S criterion among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as the target cell.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定目标小区,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining the target cell comprises:
    判断所述至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足第一选择条件的小区;Judging whether there is a cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell;
    若所述至少一个候选主辅小区中存在满足第一选择条件的小区,则将满足第一选择条件的小区作为所述目标小区;If there is a cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, use the cell that meets the first selection condition as the target cell;
    其中,所述第一选择条件为主辅小区添加条件,或者为信号质量大于第一阈值。Wherein, the first selection condition is a primary and secondary cell addition condition, or the signal quality is greater than a first threshold.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述至少一个候选主辅小区中不存在满足第一选择条件的小区,则将所述至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为所述目标小区。If there is no cell that meets the first selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, a cell that meets the S criterion among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is used as the target cell.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定目标小区,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining the target cell comprises:
    在定时器的有效期内,判断所述至少一个候选主辅小区中是否存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区;During the valid period of the timer, determine whether there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition in the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell;
    若所述至少一个候选主辅小区中存在满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,则将满足主辅小区添加条件的小区作为目标小区。If there is a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition in the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, the cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition is used as the target cell.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    若在所述定时器的有效期内未判断出满足主辅小区添加条件的小区,或者所述定时器超时,则将所述至少一个候选主辅小区中满足第二选择条件的小区作为所述目标小区,所述第二选择条件为S准则或者为信号质量大于第二阈值。If a cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition condition is not determined within the validity period of the timer, or the timer expires, the cell that meets the second selection condition among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is used as the target For the cell, the second selection condition is the S criterion or the signal quality is greater than the second threshold.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述目标小区对应的网络设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一主小区发生RLF。Send indication information to a network device corresponding to the target cell, where the indication information is used to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,当将所述目标小区添加为目标主辅小区时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein when the target cell is added as a target primary and secondary cell, the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述目标小区对应的网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息由所述第一主网络设备配置,所述配置信息用于重配主小区。Receiving configuration information from a network device corresponding to the target cell, where the configuration information is configured by the first primary network device, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    根据从第一主网络设备接收的条件主辅小区添加CPA信息,从至少一个候选主辅小区中确定出满足主辅小区添加条件的第一主辅小区,所述CPA信息指示所述至少一个候选主辅小区的参数以及每个候选主辅小区的主辅小区添加条件信息;According to the conditional primary and secondary cell addition CPA information received from the first primary network device, the first primary and secondary cell that meets the primary and secondary cell addition conditions is determined from at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and the CPA information indicates the at least one candidate The parameters of the primary and secondary cells and the primary and secondary cell addition condition information of each candidate primary and secondary cell;
    成功接入所述第一主辅小区前,检测到第一主小区发生无线链路失败RLF,所述第一主小区由所述第一主网络设备管理;Before successfully accessing the first primary and secondary cell, it is detected that the first primary cell has a radio link failure RLF, and the first primary cell is managed by the first primary network device;
    将所述第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区,或者,确定目标小区,在所述目标小区上进行无线资源控制RRC重建立流程,或者删除所述第一主小区,将所述第一主辅小区作为第二主小区。Add the first primary and secondary cell as a target primary and secondary cell, or determine a target cell, perform a radio resource control RRC re-establishment procedure on the target cell, or delete the first primary cell, and change the first primary cell The primary and secondary cell serve as the second primary cell.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定目标小区,包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the determining the target cell comprises:
    继续接入所述第一主辅小区,将所述第一主辅小区作为所述目标小区;或者,Continue to access the first primary and secondary cell, and use the first primary and secondary cell as the target cell; or,
    停止接入所述第一主辅小区,将所述至少一个候选主辅小区中满足S准则的小区作为所述目标小区。Stop accessing the first primary and secondary cell, and use a cell that meets the S criterion among the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell as the target cell.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一主小区发生RLF。Sending indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that RLF occurs in the first primary cell.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,当将所述第一主辅小区添加为目标主辅小区时,所述发送指示信息包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein when the first primary and secondary cell is added as a target primary and secondary cell, the sending instruction information comprises:
    向所述第一主辅小区对应的网络设备发送所述指示信息;Sending the instruction information to the network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell;
    所述方法还包括:接收来自所述第一主辅小区对应的网络设备的配置信息,所述配置信息由所述第一主网络设备配置,所述配置信息用于重配主小区。The method further includes: receiving configuration information from a network device corresponding to the first primary and secondary cell, where the configuration information is configured by the first primary network device, and the configuration information is used to reconfigure the primary cell.
  13. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,用于实现如权利要求1-8任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized by being used to implement the communication method according to any one of claims 1-8.
  14. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,用于实现如权利要求9-12任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized by being used to implement the communication method according to any one of claims 9-12.
  15. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括:A communication system, characterized in that, the communication system includes:
    第一主网络设备、以及用于实现如权利要求1-8任一项所述的通信方法或者用于实现如权利要求9-12任一项所述的通信方法的通信装置。A first main network device and a communication device for implementing the communication method according to any one of claims 1-8 or for implementing the communication method according to any one of claims 9-12.
  16. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其中,所述计算机可读存储介质存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-8任一项所述的通信方法;或者,所述处理器用于执行权利要求9-12任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions, and when the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the communication method according to any one of claims 1-8; Or, the processor is configured to execute the communication method according to any one of claims 9-12.
  17. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括:指令,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-8任一项所述的通信方法;或者,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求9-12任一项所述的通信方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising: instructions, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the communication method according to any one of claims 1-8; or, causes the The computer executes the communication method according to any one of claims 9-12.
PCT/CN2021/095000 2020-05-27 2021-05-20 Communication method and apparatus WO2021238774A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010463691.4 2020-05-27
CN202010463691.4A CN113747478A (en) 2020-05-27 2020-05-27 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021238774A1 true WO2021238774A1 (en) 2021-12-02

Family

ID=78723869

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/095000 WO2021238774A1 (en) 2020-05-27 2021-05-20 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113747478A (en)
WO (1) WO2021238774A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023185466A1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-10-05 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
WO2024031273A1 (en) * 2022-08-08 2024-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for conditional primary secondary cell (pscell) addition or change

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117015076A (en) * 2022-04-27 2023-11-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 Connection recovery method, cell switching method and device
CN117479238A (en) * 2022-07-19 2024-01-30 维沃移动通信有限公司 Processing method and device of conditional configuration information and communication equipment
CN117641469A (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-03-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information processing method, device and readable storage medium
WO2024060033A1 (en) * 2022-09-20 2024-03-28 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication methods and communication apparatuses

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106255122A (en) * 2016-09-09 2016-12-21 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Communication means and communicator
CN110198545A (en) * 2018-02-24 2019-09-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of secondary cell group adding method, terminal device and host node
CN110545567A (en) * 2019-09-29 2019-12-06 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Cell condition updating method, user equipment and computer readable storage medium

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106255122A (en) * 2016-09-09 2016-12-21 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Communication means and communicator
CN110198545A (en) * 2018-02-24 2019-09-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of secondary cell group adding method, terminal device and host node
CN110545567A (en) * 2019-09-29 2019-12-06 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Cell condition updating method, user equipment and computer readable storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FUTUREWEI: "Discussion on RLM & RLF Reduction for Conditional PSCell Addition/Change", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #107 BIS R2-1912818, 4 October 2019 (2019-10-04), XP051790854 *
QUALCOMM INC.: "Remaining Issues on Conditional Intra-SN PSCell Change without MN Involvement Failure Handling", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #109 ELECTRONIC R2-2001150, 14 February 2020 (2020-02-14), XP051849518 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023185466A1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-10-05 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
WO2024031273A1 (en) * 2022-08-08 2024-02-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for conditional primary secondary cell (pscell) addition or change

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113747478A (en) 2021-12-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021238774A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2018045877A1 (en) Network slicing control method and related device
US11533610B2 (en) Key generation method and related apparatus
JP2020507255A (en) Target cell access method and apparatus
WO2014032502A1 (en) Terminal access method and system, and terminal
WO2018121616A1 (en) Dual connection method and access network equipment
US20220272607A1 (en) Network Access Method and Communication Apparatus
WO2020001257A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
CN111641989B (en) Protocol data unit session establishing method and related device
TWI775811B (en) Communication method, auxiliary network node, and terminal
WO2021134701A1 (en) D2d communication method, apparatus and system
WO2022033543A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
WO2021204022A1 (en) Measurement method and apparatus
WO2017193387A1 (en) Method and device for switching between inter-rat cells
WO2021056703A1 (en) Information updating method, device, and system
WO2022068771A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020220862A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2022027523A1 (en) Auxiliary information configuration method and communication apparatus
WO2021027900A1 (en) Communication method, terminal, and network device
WO2021159238A1 (en) Data processing method, communication apparatus and communication system
CN116438845A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021114115A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN116368846A (en) Communication method and related equipment
WO2023124822A1 (en) Communication cooperation method and apparatus
WO2023061207A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21812535

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21812535

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1